Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Русский
Французский

having a hundred hands

Толкование Перевод

1 centimanus

centĭmănus, ūs (cf. Prisc. p 718 P.; Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, p. 107), adj. [centum-manus], having a hundred hands, an epithet of Gyges, Hor. C. 2, 17, 14;
of Typhoeus,
Ov. M. 3, 303:
infantes centimanos,
Arn. 2, p. 97, acc. to Lachm. l. l. (al. centenarios).

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > centimanus
2 time

1. noun
1) no pl., no art. Zeit, die

the greatest composer of all time — der größte Komponist aller Zeiten

for all time — für immer [und ewig]

past/present/future time — Vergangenheit, die/Gegenwart, die/Zukunft, die

stand the test of time — die Zeit überdauern; sich bewähren

in [the course of] time, as time goes on/went on — mit der Zeit; im Laufe der Zeit

as old as time — uralt

time will tell or show — die Zukunft wird es zeigen

at this point or moment in time — zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

time flies — die Zeit vergeht [wie] im Fluge

work against time — unter Zeitdruck arbeiten

in time, with time — (sooner or later) mit der Zeit

2) (interval, available or allotted period) Zeit, die

in a week's/month's/year's time — in einer Woche/in einem Monat/Jahr

there is time for that — dafür ist od. haben wir noch Zeit

it takes me all my time to do it — es beansprucht meine ganze Zeit, es zu tun

give one's time to something — einer Sache (Dat.) seine Zeit opfern

waste of time — Zeitverschwendung, die

spend [most of one's/a lot of] time on something/[in] doing something — [die meiste/viel] Zeit mit etwas zubringen/damit verbringen, etwas zu tun

I have been waiting for some/a long time — ich warte schon seit einiger Zeit/schon lange

she will be there for [quite] some time — sie wird ziemlich lange dort sein

be pressed for time — keine Zeit haben; (have to finish quickly) in Zeitnot sein

pass the time — sich (Dat.) die Zeit vertreiben

length of time — Zeit[dauer], die

make time for somebody/something — sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen

a short time ago — vor kurzem

that's a long time ago — das ist schon lange her

in one's own time — in seiner Freizeit; (whenever one wishes) wann man will

take one's time [over something] — sich (Dat.) [für etwas] Zeit lassen; (be slow) sich (Dat.) Zeit [mit etwas] lassen

time is money — (prov.) Zeit ist Geld (Spr.)

in [good] time — (not late) rechtzeitig

all the or this time — die ganze Zeit; (without ceasing) ständig

in [less than or next to] no time — innerhalb kürzester Zeit; im Nu od. Handumdrehen

in half the time — in der Hälfte der Zeit

half the time — (coll.): (as often as not) fast immer

it will take [some] time — es wird einige Zeit dauern

have the/no time — Zeit/keine Zeit haben

have no time for somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas ist einem seine Zeit zu schade

there is no time to lose or be lost — es ist keine Zeit zu verlieren

lose no time in doing something — (not delay) etwas unverzüglich tun

do time — (coll.) eine Strafe absitzen (ugs.)

in my time — (heyday) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.); (in the course of my life) im Laufe meines Lebens

in my time — (period at a place) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.)

time off or out — freie Zeit

get/take time off — frei bekommen/sich (Dat.) frei nehmen (ugs.)

Time! — (Boxing) Stop!; Time!; (Brit.): (in pub) Feierabend!

have a lot of time for somebody — (fig.) für jemandem viel übrig haben

3) no pl. (moment or period destined for purpose) Zeit, die

harvest/Christmas time — Ernte-/Weihnachtszeit, die

there is a time and place for everything — alles zu seiner Zeit

now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die richtige Zeit, es zu tun

time for lunch — Zeit zum Mittagessen

it is time to go — es wird Zeit zu gehen

and not before time — und es wurde auch Zeit

when the time comes/came — wenn es so weit ist/als es so weit war

on time — (punctually) pünktlich

ahead of time — zu früh [ankommen]; vorzeitig [fertig werden]

all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit; see also academic.ru/5926/be">be 2. 1)

4) in sing. or pl. (circumstances) Zeit, die

times are good/bad/have changed — die Zeiten sind gut/schlecht/haben sich verändert

have a good time — Spaß haben (ugs.); sich amüsieren

have a hard time [of it] — eine schwere Zeit durchmachen

5) (associated with events or person[s]) Zeit, die

in time of peace/war — in Friedens-/Kriegszeiten

in Tudor/ancient times — zur Zeit der Tudors/der Antike

in former/modern times — früher/heutzutage

ahead of or before one's/its time — seiner Zeit voraus

at one time — (previously) früher

6) (occasion) Mal, das

for the first time — zum ersten Mal

next time you come — wenn du das nächste Mal kommst

ten/a hundred/a thousand times — zehn- / hundert- / tausendmal

many times — sehr oft

many's the time [that]..., many a time... — viele Male...

at all times — jederzeit

at times — gelegentlich

from time to time — von Zeit zu Zeit

at other times — sonst

at one time or another — irgendwann einmal

at a time like this/that — unter diesen/solchen Umständen

at the or that time — (in the past) damals

at one time, at [one and] the same time — (simultaneously) gleichzeitig

at the same time — (nevertheless) gleichwohl

between times — zwischendurch

time and [time] again, time after time — immer [und immer] wieder

pay somebody £6 a time — jemandem für jedes Mal 6 Pfund zahlen

one at a time — einzeln

two at a time — jeweils zwei

for hours/weeks at a time — stundenlang/wochenlang [ohne Unterbrechung]

7) (point in day etc.) [Uhr]zeit, die

at the same time every morning — jeden Morgen um dieselbe Zeit

what time is it?, what is the time? — wie spät ist es?

have you [got] the time? — kannst du mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

tell the time — (read a clock) die Uhr lesen

time of day — Tageszeit, die

[at this] time of [the] year — [um diese] Jahreszeit

at this time of [the] night — zu dieser Nachtstunde

pass the time of day — (coll.) ein paar Worte wechseln

by this/that time — inzwischen

by the time [that] we arrived — bis wir hinkamen

[by] this time tomorrow — morgen um diese Zeit

keep good time — [Uhr:] genau od. richtig gehen

8) (amount) Zeit, die

make good time — gut vorwärts kommen

[your] time's up! — deine Zeit ist um (ugs.) od. abgelaufen

9) (multiplication) mal

three times four — drei mal vier

four times the size of/higher than something — viermal so groß wie/höher als etwas

10) (Mus.) (duration of note) Zeitdauer, die; (measure) Takt, der

in three-four time — im Dreivierteltakt

keep in time with the music — den Takt halten

out of time/in time — aus dem/im Takt

keep time with something — bei etwas den Takt [ein]halten
2. transitive verb
1) (do at correct time) zeitlich abstimmen

be well/ill timed — zur richtigen/falschen Zeit kommen

2) (set to operate at correct time) justieren (Technik); einstellen

3) (arrange time of arrival/departure of)

the bus is timed to connect with the train — der Bus hat einen direkten Anschluss an den Zug

be timed to take 90 minutes — fahrplanmäßig 90 Minuten dauern

4) (measure time taken by) stoppen

time an egg — auf die richtige Kochdauer für ein Ei achten
•• Cultural note:
Times - The Times

Eine britische überregionale Tageszeitung, deren Pendant am Sonntag The Sunday Times ist. Sie ist eine broadsheet-Zeitung und zählt zur seriösen Presse. Sie ist politisch unabhängig, wird jedoch gemeinhin als konservativ angesehen. Sie ist die älteste Zeitung in England und wurde erstmals 1785 veröffentlicht

* * *
1. noun
1) (the hour of the day: What time is it?; Can your child tell the time yet?) die Zeit

2) (the passage of days, years, events etc: time and space; Time will tell.) die Zeit

3) (a point at which, or period during which, something happens: at the time of his wedding; breakfast-time.)

4) (the quantity of minutes, hours, days etc, eg spent in, or available for, a particular activity etc: This won't take much time to do; I enjoyed the time I spent in Paris; At the end of the exam, the supervisor called `Your time is up!') die Zeit

5) (a suitable moment or period: Now is the time to ask him.) der Zeitpunkt

6) (one of a number occasions: He's been to France four times.) das Mal

7) (a period characterized by a particular quality in a person's life, experience etc: He went through an unhappy time when she died; We had some good times together.) die Zeiten (pl.)

8) (the speed at which a piece of music should be played; tempo: in slow time.) das Tempo
2. verb
1) (to measure the time taken by (a happening, event etc) or by (a person, in doing something): He timed the journey.) Zeit messen von

2) (to choose a particular time for: You timed your arrival beautifully!) den Zeitpunkt wählen

•

- timeless
- timelessly
- timelessness
- timely
- timeliness
- timer
- times
- timing
- time bomb
- time-consuming
- time limit
- time off
- time out
- timetable
- all in good time
- all the time
- at times
- be behind time
- for the time being
- from time to time
- in good time
- in time
- no time at all
- no time
- one
- two at a time
- on time
- save
- waste time
- take one's time
- time and time again
- time and again
* * *

time

[taɪm]

I. NOUN

1. no pl (considered as a whole) Zeit f

\time stood still die Zeit stand still

\time marches [or moves] on die Zeit bleibt nicht stehen

the best player of all \time der bester Spieler aller Zeiten

in the course of \time mit der Zeit

over the course of \time im Lauf[e] der Zeit

to be a matter [or question] of \time eine Frage der Zeit sein

\time is on sb's side die Zeit arbeitet für jdn

as \time goes by [or on] im Lauf[e] der Zeit

to kill \time die Zeit totschlagen

to make \time for sth sich dat die Zeit für etw akk nehmen

\time-tested [alt]bewährt

for all \time für immer [o alle Zeit]

in \time mit der Zeit

over [or with] \time im Lauf[e] der Zeit

2. no pl (period, duration) Zeit f

\time's up ( fam) die Zeit ist um

we spent part of the \time in Florence, and part of the \time in Rome wir verbrachten unsere Zeit teils in Florenz und teils in Rom

you'll forget her, given \time mit der Zeit wirst du sie vergessen

it will take some \time es wird eine Weile dauern

sorry, folks, we're [all] out of \time now AM, AUS ( fam) tut mir leid Leute, aber wir sind schon über der Zeit

I haven't seen one of those in a long \time so etwas habe ich schon lange nicht mehr gesehen

half the \time, he misses class er fehlt die halbe Zeit

the \time is ripe die Zeit ist reif

we talked about old \times wir sprachen über alte Zeiten

breakfast/holiday \time Frühstücks-/Urlaubszeit f

extra \time SPORT Verlängerung f

they played extra \time sie mussten in die Verlängerung

three minutes into extra \time, Ricardo scored the decisive goal nach drei Minuten Verlängerung erzielte Ricardo das entscheidende Tor

free [or spare] \time Freizeit f

future \time Zukunft f

injury \time BRIT SPORT Nachspielzeit f

to have \time on one's hands viel Zeit zur Verfügung haben

at this moment in \time zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

period of \time Zeitraum m

for a prolonged period of \time über einen längeren Zeitraum

running \time FILM Spielzeit f

past \time Vergangenheit f

present \time Gegenwart f

in one week's \time in einer Woche

in one's own \time in seiner Freizeit

a short \time later kurz darauf

some/a long \time ago vor einiger/langer Zeit

most of the \time meistens

to do sth for a \time etw eine Zeit lang tun

to find [the] \time to do sth Zeit finden, etw zu tun

to gain/lose \time Zeit gewinnen/verlieren

there's no \time to lose [or to be lost] wir dürfen [jetzt] keine Zeit verlieren, es ist höchste Zeit

to give sb a hard \time ( fam) jdm zusetzen

to have the \time of one's life sich akk großartig amüsieren

to have all the \time in the world alle Zeit der Welt haben

to have an easy/hard \time with sth keine Probleme/Probleme mit etw dat haben

to make \time for sb/sth sich dat Zeit für jdn/etw nehmen

to pass the \time sich dat die Zeit vertreiben

to be pressed for \time in Zeitnot sein

to run out of \time nicht genügend Zeit haben

to save \time Zeit sparen

to spend [a lot of] \time [in] doing sth [viel] Zeit damit verbringen, etw zu tun

to take [a long/short] \time [lange/nicht lange] dauern

to take one's \time sich dat Zeit lassen

to take the \time and trouble to do sth sich dat die Mühe machen, etw zu tun

to waste \time Zeit vergeuden [o verschwenden]

to waste sb's \time jds Zeit vergeuden

after a \time nach einer gewissen Zeit

all the [or this] \time die ganze Zeit; (always) immer

for a \time eine Zeit lang

for a long/short \time [für] lange/kurze Zeit

for the \time being vorläufig

leave the ironing for the \time being - I'll do it later lass das Bügeln einst mal - ich mach's später

in no [or next to no] [or less than no] \time [at all] im Nu

3. (pertaining to clocks)

have you got the \time? können Sie mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

what's the \time? [or what \time is it?] wie spät ist es?

excuse me, have you got the \time [on you]? Entschuldigung, haben Sie eine Uhr?

can you already tell the \time? na, kannst du denn schon die Uhr lesen?

oh dear, is that the right \time? oh je, ist es denn wirklich schon so spät/noch so früh?

the \time is 8.30 es ist 8.30 Uhr

to keep bad/good \time watch, clock falsch/richtig gehen

to gain/lose \time watch, clock vor-/nachgehen

4. (specific time or hour) Zeit f

the \time is drawing near when we'll have to make a decision der Zeitpunkt, zu dem wir uns entscheiden müssen, rückt immer näher

he recalled the \time when they had met er erinnerte sich daran, wie sie sich kennengelernt hatten

do you remember the \time Alistair fell into the river? erinnerst du dich noch daran, wie Alistair in den Fluss fiel?

we always have dinner at the same \time wir essen immer um dieselbe Zeit zu Abend

I was exhausted by the \time I got home ich war erschöpft, als ich zu Hause ankam

I'll call you ahead of \time esp AM ich rufe dich noch davor an

at this \time of day/year zu dieser Tages-/Jahreszeit

for this \time of day/year für diese Tages-/Jahreszeit

what are you doing here at this \time of the day [or night]? was machst du um diese Uhrzeit hier?

this \time tomorrow/next month morgen/nächsten Monat um diese Zeit

5. (occasion) Mal nt

the last \time we went to Paris,... das letzte Mal, als wir nach Paris fuhren,...

I'll know better next \time das nächste Mal bin ich schlauer

there are \times when I... es gibt Augenblicke, in denen ich...

sometimes I enjoy doing it, but at other \times I hate it manchmal mache ich es gerne, dann wiederum gibt es Momente, in denen ich es hasse

every [or each] \time jedes Mal

for the first \time zum ersten Mal

some other \time ein andermal

one/two at a \time jeweils eine(r, s)/zwei; persons jeweils einzeln/zu zweit

at \times manchmal

at all \times immer, jederzeit

at any [given] [or [any] one] \time immer, jederzeit

at the \time damals

at the best of \times im besten [o günstigen] Fall[e]

he can't read a map at the best of \times er kann nicht mal unter normalen Umständen eine Karte lesen

at the present [or AM this] \time im Moment

from \time to \time gelegentlich, ab und zu

6. (frequency) Mal nt

the \times I've told you... [or how many \times have I told you...] wie oft habe ich dir schon gesagt...

these shares are selling at 10 \time earnings diese Aktien werden mit einem Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis von 10 verkauft

\time and [\time] again immer [und immer] wieder

three/four \times a week/in a row drei/vier Mal in der Woche/hintereinander

three \times champion BRIT, AUS [or AM three \time champion] dreimaliger Meister/dreimalige Meisterin

three \times as much dreimal so viel

for the hundredth/thousandth/umpteenth \time zum hundertsten/tausendsten/x-ten Mal

lots of [or many] \times oft, viele Male

7. no pl (correct moment)

it's \time for bed es ist Zeit, ins Bett zu gehen

the \time has come to... es ist an der Zeit,...

it's \time [that] I was leaving es wird Zeit, dass ich gehe

[and] about \time [too] BRIT, AUS (yet to be accomplished) wird aber auch [langsam] Zeit!; (already accomplished) wurde aber auch [langsam] Zeit!

it's high \time that she was leaving höchste Zeit, dass sie geht!; (already gone) das war aber auch höchste Zeit, dass sie endlich geht!

we finished two weeks ahead of \time wir sind zwei Wochen früher fertig geworden

we arrived in good \time for the start of the match wir sind rechtzeitig zum Spielbeginn angekommen

to do sth dead [or exactly] [or right] on \time ( fam) etw pünktlich machen fam

the bus arrived dead on \time der Bus kam auf die Minute genau

in \time rechtzeitig

on \time pünktlich; (as scheduled) termingerecht

8. often pl (era, lifetime) Zeit f

\times are difficult [or hard] die Zeiten sind hart

at the \time of the Russian Revolution zur Zeit der Russischen Revolution

in Victorian \times im Viktorianischen Zeitalter

she is one of the best writers of modern \times sie ist eine der besten Schriftstellerinnen dieser Tage [o unserer Zeit]

at one \time, George Eliot lived here George Eliot lebte einmal hier

this was before my \time das war vor meiner Zeit

she has grown old before her \time sie ist vorzeitig gealtert

my grandmother has seen a few things in her \time meine Großmutter hat in ihrem Leben einiges gesehen

\time was when you could... es gab Zeiten, da konnte man...

if one had one's \time over again wenn man noch einmal von vorne anfangen könnte

at his \time of life in seinem Alter

the best.... of all \time der/die beste... aller Zeiten

to keep up [or AM change] with the \times mit der Zeit gehen

to be ahead of [or esp BRIT before] one's \time seiner Zeit voraus sein

to be behind the \times seiner Zeit hinterherhinken

from [or since] \time immemorial [or esp BRIT out of mind] seit undenklichen Zeiten

in [or during] former/medieval \times früher/im Mittelalter

in \times gone by früher

in my \time zu meiner Zeit

in our grandparents' \time zu Zeiten unserer Großeltern

in \times past in der Vergangenheit, früher

9. TRANSP (schedule)

arrival/departure \time Ankunfts-/Abfahrtszeit f

10. (hour registration method)

daylight saving \time Sommerzeit f

Greenwich Mean T\time Greenwicher Zeit f

11. SPORT Zeit f

record \time Rekordzeit f

he won the 100 metres in record \time er gewann das 100-Meter-Rennen in einer neuen Rekordzeit

12. (multiplied)

two \times five is ten zwei mal fünf ist zehn

ten \times bigger than... zehnmal so groß wie...

13. no pl MUS Takt m

to be/play out of \time aus dem Takt sein

to beat \time den Rhythmus schlagen

to get out of \time aus dem Takt kommen

to keep \time den Takt halten

in three-four \time im Dreivierteltakt

14. (remunerated work)

part \time Teilzeit f

short \time BRIT Kurzarbeit f

to have \time off frei haben

to take \time off sich dat freinehmen

\time off arbeitsfreie Zeit

to be paid double \time den doppelten Stundensatz [o 100% Zuschlag] bezahlt bekommen

to work [or be on] short \time BRIT kurzarbeiten

15. BRIT (end of pub hours)

“\time [please]!” „Feierabend!“ (wenn ein Pub abends schließt)

16. ([not] like)

to not give sb the \time of day jdn ignorieren

to not have much \time for sb jdn nicht mögen

to have a lot of \time for sb großen Respekt vor jdm haben

17.

▶ \times are changing die Zeiten ändern sich

▶ to do [or serve] \time ( fam) sitzen fig fam

▶ \time is of the essence die Zeit drängt

▶ \time flies [when you're having fun] ( saying) wie die Zeit vergeht!

▶ all good things in all good \time alles zu seiner Zeit

▶ \time is a great healer, \time heals all wounds ( prov) die Zeit heilt alle Wunden prov

▶ \time hangs heavy die Zeit steht still

▶ \time is money ( prov) Zeit ist Geld prov

▶ to know the \time of the day sich akk auskennen

▶ \time moves on [or passes] die Zeit rast

▶ there's a \time and a place [for everything] ( prov) alles zu seiner Zeit

▶ there's no \time like the present ( saying) was du heute kannst besorgen, das verschiebe nicht auf morgen prov

▶ [only] \time can [or will] tell ( saying) erst die Zukunft wird es zeigen

▶ \time and tide wait for no man [or no one] ( prov) man muss die Gelegenheit beim Schopf[e] packen

▶ a week is a long \time in politics ( saying) eine Woche ist lang in der Politik

II. TRANSITIVE VERB

1. (measure duration)

▪ to \time sb over 100 metres jds Zeit beim 100-Meter-Lauf nehmen

the winning team was \timed at 5 minutes 26 seconds die Siegermannschaft wurde mit 5 Minuten und 26 Sekunden gestoppt

to \time an egg darauf achten, dass man fürs Eierkochen die richtige Zeit einhält

2. (choose best moment for)

▪ to \time sth für etw akk den richtigen Zeitpunkt wählen

to be ill/well \timed zum genau falschen/richtigen Zeitpunkt kommen

3. (arrange when sth should happen)

▪ to \time sth to... etw so planen, dass...

we \timed our trip to coincide with her wedding wir legten unsere Reise so, dass sie mit ihrer Hochzeit zusammenfiel

to \time a bomb to explode at... eine Bombe so einstellen, dass sie um... explodiert

* * *
[taɪm]
1. NOUN

1) Zeit f

how time flies! — wie die Zeit vergeht!

only time will tell whether... — es muss sich erst herausstellen, ob...

it takes time to do that — das erfordert or braucht (seine) Zeit

to take (one's) time (over sth) — sich (dat) (bei etw) Zeit lassen

it took me all my time to finish — ich bin gerade noch fertig geworden

in (the course of) time — mit der Zeit

in ( next to or less than) no time — im Nu, im Handumdrehen

at this ( present) point or moment in time — zu diesem or zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

to have a lot of/no time for sb/sth — viel/keine Zeit für jdn/etw haben; ( fig

to find time (for sb/sth) — Zeit (für jdn/etw) finden

to make time (for sb/sth) — sich (dat) Zeit (für jdn/etw) nehmen

time is on our side — die Zeit arbeitet für uns

he lost no time in telling her —

there is no time to lose — es gibt keine Zeit (mehr) zu verlieren

my time is my own — ich kann frei über meine Zeit verfügen

in or given time — mit der Zeit

in one's own/the company's time — in or während der Freizeit/Arbeitszeit

don't rush, do it in your own time — nur keine Hast, tun Sie es, wie Sie es können

time is money (prov) — Zeit ist Geld (prov)

time and tide wait for no man (Prov) — das Rad der Zeit hält niemand auf (Prov)

for some time past — seit einiger Zeit

I don't know what she's saying half the time (inf) — meistens verstehe ich gar nicht, was sie sagt

in two weeks' time — in zwei Wochen

for a time — eine Zeit lang

not before time (Brit) — das wurde auch (langsam) Zeit

to do time ( inf, in prison ) — sitzen (inf)

I get them mixed up all the time I knew that all the time — ich verwechsle sie immer das wusste ich die ganze Zeit

to be in good time — rechtzeitig dran sein

let me know in good time — sagen Sie mir rechtzeitig Bescheid

all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit

he'll let you know in his own good time — er wird Ihnen Bescheid sagen, wenn er so weit ist

he does everything in his own good time — er lässt sich bei nichts hetzen

(for) a long time — lange

I'm going away for a long time — ich fahre für or auf längere Zeit weg

it's a long time ( since...) — es ist schon lange her(, seit...)

what a (long) time you have been! — du hast( aber) lange gebraucht!

(for) a short time — kurz

a short time later — kurz darauf

a short time ago — vor Kurzem

in a short time they were all gone — nach kurzer Zeit waren alle gegangen

to have time on one's hands —

too many people who have time on their hands — zu viele Leute, die zu viel freie Zeit haben

having time on my hands I went into a café — da ich (noch) Zeit hatte, ging ich ins Café

2)

by clock what time is it?, what's the time? — wie spät ist es?, wie viel Uhr ist es?

what time do you make it? — wie spät haben Sies?

my watch keeps good time — meine Uhr geht genau

the time is 2.30 — es ist 2.30 Uhr, die Zeit: 2.30 Uhr

it's 2 o'clock local time — es ist 2.00 Uhr Ortszeit

what was his time? (in race) — welche Zeit hatte er?

the winning time was... — die Zeit des Siegers war...

it's time (for me/us etc) to go, it's time I was/we were etc going, it's time I/we etc went — es wird Zeit, dass ich gehe/wir gehen etc

it's time for tea — es ist Teezeit

time gentlemen please! — Feierabend! (inf), bitte, trinken Sie aus, wir schließen gleich

to pass the time of day (with sb) — (mit jdm) über Belanglosigkeiten reden

I wouldn't even give him the time of day — ich würde ihm nicht einmal guten or Guten Tag sagen __diams; to tell the time (person) die Uhr kennen; (instrument) die Uhrzeit anzeigen

can you tell the time? — kennst du die Uhr? __diams; to make good time gut or schnell vorankommen

if we get to Birmingham by 3 we'll be making good time — wenn wir um 3 Uhr in Birmingham sind, sind wir ziemlich schnell

it's about time he was here (he has arrived) — es wird (aber) auch Zeit, dass er kommt; (he has not arrived) es wird langsam Zeit, dass er kommt

(and) about time too! — das wird aber auch Zeit! __diams; ahead of time zu früh

we are ahead of time — wir sind früh dran __diams; behind time zu spät

we are behind time — wir sind spät dran

at any time during the day — zu jeder Tageszeit

not at this time of night! — nicht zu dieser nachtschlafenden Zeit or Stunde!

at one time — früher, einmal

at any time — jederzeit

come (at) any time — du kannst jederzeit kommen

at no time — niemals

at the same time (lit) — gleichzeitig

they arrived at the same time as us — sie kamen zur gleichen Zeit an wie wir

but at the same time, you must admit that... — aber andererseits müssen Sie zugeben, dass...

it was hard, but at the same time you could have tried — es war schwierig, aber Sie hätten es trotzdem versuchen können __diams; in/on time rechtzeitig

to be in time for sth — rechtzeitig zu etw kommen

on time — pünktlich

the trains are on time — die Züge fahren pünktlich

the trains are running to time — die Züge fahren pünktlich

3) = moment, season Zeit f

there's a time and a place for everything — alles zu seiner Zeit

this is hardly the time or the place to... — dies ist wohl kaum die rechte Zeit oder der rechte Ort, um...

this is no time for quarrelling or to quarrel — jetzt ist nicht die Zeit, sich zu streiten

well, this is a fine time to tell me that (iro) — Sie haben sich (dat) wahrhaftig eine gute Zeit ausgesucht, um mir das zu sagen

there are times when... — es gibt Augenblicke, wo or da (geh)...

at the or that time — damals, zu der Zeit, seinerzeit

at this (particular) time, at the present time — zurzeit

sometimes..., (at) other times... —

from that time on since that time — von der Zeit an, von da an seit der Zeit

this time last year/week — letztes Jahr/letzte Woche um diese Zeit

to choose or pick one's time — sich (dat) einen günstigen Zeitpunkt aussuchen

to die before one's time — zu früh sterben

my time is ( almost) up — meine or die Zeit ist (gleich) um

the time has come (to do sth) — es ist an der Zeit(, etw zu tun)

the time has come for us to leave — es ist Zeit für uns zu gehen

when the time comes — wenn es so weit ist

when her time comes (of pregnant woman) — wenn es (mit dem Baby) so weit ist

when the time comes for you to be the leader — wenn Sie an der Reihe sind, die Führung zu übernehmen __diams; at + times manchmal

at all times — jederzeit, immer

at various times in the past — schon verschiedene Male or verschiedentlich __diams; between times (inf) zwischendurch

by the time it had finished — als es zu Ende war

by the time we arrive, there's not going to be anything left — bis wir ankommen, ist nichts mehr übrig

by that time we knew — da or inzwischen wussten wir es

by that time we'll know — dann or bis dahin wissen wir es __diams; by this time inzwischen

by this time next year/tomorrow — nächstes Jahr/morgen um diese Zeit __diams; from time to time, (US) time to time dann und wann, von Zeit zu Zeit

until such time as... — so lange bis...

until such time as you apologize — solange du dich nicht entschuldigst, bis du dich entschuldigst

this time of the day/year — diese Tages-/Jahreszeit

at this time of the week/month — zu diesem Zeitpunkt der Woche/des Monats

now's the time to do it —

now's my/your etc time to do it — jetzt habe ich/hast du etc Gelegenheit, es zu tun

4)

= occasion this time — diesmal, dieses Mal

every or each time... — jedes Mal, wenn...

many a time, many times — viele Male

many's the time I have heard him say... — ich habe ihn schon oft sagen hören...

for the last time — zum letzten Mal

and he's not very bright at the best of times — und er ist ohnehin or sowieso nicht sehr intelligent

the time before — das letzte or vorige Mal

the time before last — das vorletzte Mal

time and (time) again, time after time — immer wieder, wieder und wieder (geh)

I've told you a dozen times... — ich habe dir schon x-mal gesagt...

nine times out of ten... — neun von zehn Malen...

she comes three times a week — sie kommt dreimal pro Woche or in der Woche

they came in one/three etc at a time — sie kamen einzeln/immer zu dritt etc herein

four at a time — vier auf einmal

for weeks at a time — wochenlang __diams; a time

he pays me £10 a time — er zahlt mir jedes Mal £ 10

rides on the roundabout cost £2 a time — eine Fahrt auf dem Karussell kostet £ 2 __diams; (the) next time

(the) next time I see you — wenn ich dich nächstes Mal or das nächste Mal sehe

(the) last time he was here — letztes Mal or das letzte Mal, als er hier war

5) MATH

2 times 3 is 6 — 2 mal 3 ist 6

it was ten times as big as or ten times the size of... —

our profits are rising four times faster than our competitors' — unsere Gewinne steigen viermal so schnell wie die unserer Konkurrenten

6)

= rate Sunday is (paid) double time/time and a half — sonntags gibt es 100%/50% Zuschlag

7) = era Zeit f

this is the greatest problem of our time — das ist das größte Problem unserer Zeit

in my time — zu meiner Zeit

it happened before my time — das war vor meiner Zeit

of all time — aller Zeiten

time was when... — es gab Zeiten, da...

he is ahead of his time or before his time — er ist seiner Zeit (weit) voraus

in Victorian times — im Viktorianischen Zeitalter

in olden times — in alten Zeiten

times are hard — die Zeiten sind hart or schwer

when times are hard —

times change — die Zeiten ändern sich

times are changing — es kommen andere Zeiten

times are changing for the better/worse — es kommen bessere/schlechtere Zeiten

times have changed for the better/worse — die Zeiten haben sich gebessert/verschlechtert

to be behind the times — rückständig sein, hinter dem Mond leben (inf)

to keep up with the times — mit der Zeit gehen

8)

= experience to have the time of one's life — eine herrliche Zeit verbringen, sich glänzend amüsieren

what a time we had or that was! —

what times we had!, what times they were! — das waren (noch) Zeiten!

to have an easy/a hard time — es leicht/schwer haben

we had an easy/a hard time getting to the finals — es war leicht für uns/wir hatten Schwierigkeiten, in die Endrunde zu kommen

was it difficult? – no, we had an easy time (of it) —

he didn't have an easy time of it in the operating theatre — er war im Operationssaal schlimm dran

to have a bad/rough time — viel mitmachen

to give sb a bad/rough etc time (of it) — jdm das Leben schwer machen

we had such a bad time with the travel agency —

the goalkeeper had a rough time — der Torwart hatte schwer zu kämpfen

we had a good time — es war (sehr) schön, es hat uns (dat)

he doesn't look as though he's having a good time — es scheint ihm hier nicht besonders gut zu gefallen

have a good time! — viel Vergnügen or Spaß!

to show sb a good time — jdn ausführen

she'll give you a good time for £30 — bei ihr kannst du dich für £ 30 amüsieren

9) = rhythm Takt m

(to be) in time (with) — im Takt (sein) (mit)

(to be) out of time — aus dem Takt (sein)

you're singing out of time (with the others) — du singst nicht im Takt (mit den anderen)

3/4 time — Dreivierteltakt m

2. TRANSITIVE VERB

1)

= choose time of to time sth perfectly — genau den richtigen Zeitpunkt für etw wählen

you must learn to time your requests a little more tactfully — du musst lernen, deine Forderungen zu einem geeigneteren Zeitpunkt vorzubringen

he timed his arrival to coincide with... —

you timed that well — du hast dir den richtigen Zeitpunkt (dafür) ausgesucht

the bomb is timed to explode at... — die Bombe ist so eingestellt, dass sie um... explodiert

2) = measure time of with stopwatch stoppen; speed messen

to time sb (over 1000 metres) — jdn (auf 1000 Meter) stoppen, jds Zeit (auf or über 1000 Meter) nehmen

time how long it takes you, time yourself — sieh auf die Uhr, wie lange du brauchst; (with stopwatch) stopp, wie lange du brauchst

to time an egg — auf die Uhr sehen, wenn man ein Ei kocht

a computer that times its operator — ein Computer, der die Zeit misst, die sein Operator braucht

* * *

time [taım]

A s

1. Zeit f:

time past, present, and to come Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft;

for all time für alle Zeiten;

as time went on im Laufe der Zeit;

time will show die Zeit wird es lehren;

Father Time die Zeit (personifiziert);

(as) old as time uralt;

time is money (Sprichwort) Zeit ist Geld

2. (endliche oder irdische) Zeit (Ggs Ewigkeit)

3. ASTRON Zeit f:

astronomical time

4. Zeit f, Uhr(zeit) f:

what’s the time?, what time is it? wie viel Uhr ist es?, wie spät ist es?;

what time? um wie viel Uhr?;

the time is half past three es ist jetzt halb vier;

at this time of day

a) zu dieser (späten) Tageszeit, zu so später Stunde,

b) fig so spät, in diesem späten Stadium;

can you tell me the time of day?, have you got the time? können Sie mir sagen, wie spät es ist?;

pass the time of day

a) sich Gesellschaft leisten,

b) (kurz) miteinander plaudern;

pass the time of day with sb

a) jemandem Gesellschaft leisten,

b) (kurz) mit jemandem plaudern;

know the time of day umg wissen, was es geschlagen hat;

so that’s the time of day! umg so stehts also!;

some time about noon etwa um Mittag;

this time tomorrow morgen um diese Zeit;

this time twelve months heute übers Jahr;

keep good time richtig oder genau gehen (Uhr)

5. Zeit(dauer) f, Zeitabschnitt m, ( auch PHYS Fall- etc) Dauer f, WIRTSCH auch Arbeitszeit f (im Herstellungsprozess etc):

a long time lange Zeit;

that was a long time ago das ist schon lange her;

some time longer noch einige Zeit;

be a long time in doing sth lange (Zeit) dazu brauchen, etwas zu tun;

long time no hear (see) umg wir haben ja schon seit einer Ewigkeit nichts mehr voneinander gehört (wir haben uns ja schon seit einer Ewigkeit nicht mehr gesehen);

time of a draft WIRTSCH Laufzeit f eines Wechsels;

in times of war in Kriegszeiten; → all A 1, hard A 10, no¹ C 1, probation 3

6. Zeit(punkt) f(m):

time of arrival Ankunftszeit;

an unfortunate time ein unglücklicher Zeitpunkt;

at the time

a) zu dieser Zeit, damals,

b) gerade;

at the present time derzeit, gegenwärtig;

at the same time

a) gleichzeitig, zur selben Zeit,

b) trotzdem;

at that time zu der Zeit;

at this time of the year zu dieser Jahreszeit;

at one time einst, früher (einmal);

at some time irgendwann (einmal);

for the time für den Augenblick;

for the time being

a) vorläufig, fürs Erste,

b) unter den gegenwärtigen Umständen;

in three weeks’ time in oder binnen drei Wochen; → about A 2, departure 2

7. meist pl Zeit(alter) f(n), Zeiten pl, Epoche f:

at ( oder in) the time of Queen Anne zur Zeit der Königin Anna;

in our time in unserer Zeit;

she was a legend in her own time sie war schon zu Lebzeiten eine Legende;

other times, other manners (Sprichwort) andere Zeiten, andere Sitten; → old A 4

8. pl Zeiten pl, Zeitverhältnisse pl

9. the times pl die Zeit: → move B 2

10. Frist f, (zugemessene) Zeit:

time of delivery WIRTSCH Lieferfrist, -zeit;

time for payment Zahlungsfrist;

ask time WIRTSCH um Frist(verlängerung) bitten;

you must give me time Sie müssen mir Zeit geben oder lassen

11. (verfügbare) Zeit:

buy a little time etwas Zeit schinden, eine kleine Galgenfrist gewinnen;

I can never call my time my own ich kann nie frei über meine Zeit verfügen;

have no time keine Zeit haben;

have no time for sb fig nichts übrighaben für jemanden;

have all the time in the world umg jede Menge Zeit haben;

take (the) time sich die Zeit nehmen ( to do zu tun);

take one’s time sich Zeit lassen;

take your time auch es eilt nicht, überleg es dir in aller Ruhe;

time is up! die Zeit ist um oder abgelaufen!; → forelock¹

12. ( oft schöne) Zeit, Erlebnis n:

have the time of one’s life

a) sich großartig amüsieren,

b) leben wie ein Fürst

13. unangenehme Zeit, Unannehmlichkeit f

14. (Zeit-)Lohn m, besonders Stundenlohn m

15. umg (Zeit f im) Knast m:

do time (im Gefängnis) sitzen ( for wegen)

16. Lehrzeit f, -jahre pl

17. (bestimmte oder passende) Zeit:

the time has come for sth to happen es ist an der Zeit, dass etwas geschieht;

there is a time for everything, all in good time alles zu seiner Zeit;

it’s time for bed es ist Zeit, ins oder zu Bett zu gehen;

it’s time for breakfast es ist Zeit zum Frühstück(en); → high time

18. a) (natürliche oder normale) Zeit

b) (Lebens)Zeit f:

time of life Alter n;

his time is drawing near seine Zeit ist gekommen, sein Tod naht heran;

the time was not yet die Zeit war noch nicht gekommen

19. a) Schwangerschaft f

b) Niederkunft f:

she is far on in her time sie ist hochschwanger;

she is near her time sie steht kurz vor der Entbindung

20. (günstige) Zeit:

now is the time jetzt ist die passende Gelegenheit, jetzt gilt es ( beide:

to do zu tun);

at such times bei solchen Gelegenheiten

21. Mal n:

the first time das erste Mal;

for the first time zum ersten Mal;

each time that … jedes Mal, wenn …;

time and again, time after time immer wieder;

at some other time, another time ein andermal;

at a time auf einmal, zusammen, zugleich, jeweils;

one at a time einzeln, immer eine(r, s);

two at a time zu zweit, paarweise, jeweils zwei; → every Bes Redew, lucky 1

22. pl mal, …mal:

three times four is twelve drei mal vier ist zwölf;

twenty times zwanzigmal;

three times the population of Coventry dreimal so viele Einwohner wie Coventry;

four times the size of yours viermal so groß wie deines;

six times the amount die sechsfache Menge;

several times mehrmals

23. besonders SPORT (erzielte, gestoppte) Zeit:

the winner’s time is 2.50 minutes

24. Einheit f der Zeit (im Drama)

25. LIT metrische Einheit, besonders Mora f (kleinste metrische Einheit im Verstakt)

26. Tempo n, Zeitmaß n

27. MUS

a) → time value

b) Tempo n, Zeitmaß n

c) Rhythmus m, Takt(bewegung) m(f)

d) Takt (-art f) m:

time variation Tempoveränderung f;

in time to the music im Takt zur Musik;

beat (keep) time den Takt schlagen (halten)

28. MIL Marschtempo n, Schritt m: → mark¹ B 1

B v/t

1. (mit der Uhr) messen, (ab-)stoppen, die Zeit messen von (oder gen)

2. timen ( auch SPORT), die Zeit oder den richtigen Zeitpunkt wählen oder bestimmen für, zur rechten Zeit tun

3. zeitlich abstimmen

4. die Zeit festsetzen für, (zeitlich) legen:

the train is timed to leave at 7 der Zug soll um 7 abfahren;

he timed the test at 30 minutes er setzte für den Test 30 Minuten an

5. eine Uhr richten, stellen:

the alarm clock is timed to ring at six der Wecker ist auf sechs gestellt

6. zeitlich regeln (to nach), TECH den Zündpunkt etc einstellen, (elektronisch etc) steuern

7. das Tempo oder den Takt angeben für

C v/i

1. Takt halten

2. zeitlich zusammen- oder übereinstimmen ( with mit)Besondere Redewendungen: against time gegen die Zeit oder Uhr, mit größter Eile;

be ahead of time zu früh (daran) sein;

be (well) ahead of ( oder in advance of) one’s time seiner Zeit (weit) voraus sein;

be behind time zu spät daran sein, Verspätung haben;

be 10 minutes behind time 10 Minuten Verspätung haben;

be behind one’s time rückständig sein;

between times in den Zwischenzeiten;

five minutes from time SPORT fünf Minuten vor Schluss;

from time to time von Zeit zu Zeit;

in time

a) rechtzeitig ( to do um zu tun),

b) mit der Zeit,

c) im (richtigen) Takt in time of in Zeiten von (od gen);

on time

a) pünktlich,

b) bes US für eine (bestimmte) Zeit,

c) WIRTSCH US auf Zeit, besonders auf Raten out of time

a) zur Unzeit, unzeitig,

b) vorzeitig,

c) zu spät,

d) aus dem Takt oder Schritt till such time as … so lange, bis …;

with time mit der Zeit;

time was, when … die Zeit ist vorüber, als …;

time has been when … es gab eine Zeit, da …; → any A 2, no¹ C 1

t. abk

1. teaspoon (teaspoonful) TL

2. temperature

3. tempore, in the time of

4. LING tense

5. time

6. ton ( tons pl) t

7. LING transitive

T. abk

1. teaspoon (teaspoonful) TL

2. territory

3. Thursday Do.

4. time

5. Tuesday Di.

* * *
1. noun
1) no pl., no art. Zeit, die

the greatest composer of all time — der größte Komponist aller Zeiten

for all time — für immer [und ewig]

past/present/future time — Vergangenheit, die/Gegenwart, die/Zukunft, die

stand the test of time — die Zeit überdauern; sich bewähren

in [the course of] time, as time goes on/went on — mit der Zeit; im Laufe der Zeit

as old as time — uralt

time will tell or show — die Zukunft wird es zeigen

at this point or moment in time — zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

time flies — die Zeit vergeht [wie] im Fluge

work against time — unter Zeitdruck arbeiten

in time, with time — (sooner or later) mit der Zeit

2) (interval, available or allotted period) Zeit, die

in a week's/month's/year's time — in einer Woche/in einem Monat/Jahr

there is time for that — dafür ist od. haben wir noch Zeit

it takes me all my time to do it — es beansprucht meine ganze Zeit, es zu tun

give one's time to something — einer Sache (Dat.) seine Zeit opfern

waste of time — Zeitverschwendung, die

spend [most of one's/a lot of] time on something/[in] doing something — [die meiste/viel] Zeit mit etwas zubringen/damit verbringen, etwas zu tun

I have been waiting for some/a long time — ich warte schon seit einiger Zeit/schon lange

she will be there for [quite] some time — sie wird ziemlich lange dort sein

be pressed for time — keine Zeit haben; (have to finish quickly) in Zeitnot sein

pass the time — sich (Dat.) die Zeit vertreiben

length of time — Zeit[dauer], die

make time for somebody/something — sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen

a short time ago — vor kurzem

that's a long time ago — das ist schon lange her

in one's own time — in seiner Freizeit; (whenever one wishes) wann man will

take one's time [over something] — sich (Dat.) [für etwas] Zeit lassen; (be slow) sich (Dat.) Zeit [mit etwas] lassen

time is money — (prov.) Zeit ist Geld (Spr.)

in [good] time — (not late) rechtzeitig

all the or this time — die ganze Zeit; (without ceasing) ständig

in [less than or next to] no time — innerhalb kürzester Zeit; im Nu od. Handumdrehen

in half the time — in der Hälfte der Zeit

half the time — (coll.): (as often as not) fast immer

it will take [some] time — es wird einige Zeit dauern

have the/no time — Zeit/keine Zeit haben

have no time for somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas ist einem seine Zeit zu schade

there is no time to lose or be lost — es ist keine Zeit zu verlieren

lose no time in doing something — (not delay) etwas unverzüglich tun

do time — (coll.) eine Strafe absitzen (ugs.)

in my time — (heyday) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.); (in the course of my life) im Laufe meines Lebens

in my time — (period at a place) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.)

time off or out — freie Zeit

get/take time off — frei bekommen/sich (Dat.) frei nehmen (ugs.)

Time! — (Boxing) Stop!; Time!; (Brit.): (in pub) Feierabend!

have a lot of time for somebody — (fig.) für jemandem viel übrig haben

3) no pl. (moment or period destined for purpose) Zeit, die

harvest/Christmas time — Ernte-/Weihnachtszeit, die

there is a time and place for everything — alles zu seiner Zeit

now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die richtige Zeit, es zu tun

time for lunch — Zeit zum Mittagessen

it is time to go — es wird Zeit zu gehen

and not before time — und es wurde auch Zeit

when the time comes/came — wenn es so weit ist/als es so weit war

on time — (punctually) pünktlich

ahead of time — zu früh [ankommen]; vorzeitig [fertig werden]

all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit; see also be 2. 1)

4) in sing. or pl. (circumstances) Zeit, die

times are good/bad/have changed — die Zeiten sind gut/schlecht/haben sich verändert

have a good time — Spaß haben (ugs.); sich amüsieren

have a hard time [of it] — eine schwere Zeit durchmachen

5) (associated with events or person[s]) Zeit, die

in time of peace/war — in Friedens-/Kriegszeiten

in Tudor/ancient times — zur Zeit der Tudors/der Antike

in former/modern times — früher/heutzutage

ahead of or before one's/its time — seiner Zeit voraus

at one time — (previously) früher

6) (occasion) Mal, das

for the first time — zum ersten Mal

next time you come — wenn du das nächste Mal kommst

ten/a hundred/a thousand times — zehn- / hundert- / tausendmal

many times — sehr oft

many's the time [that]..., many a time... — viele Male...

at all times — jederzeit

at times — gelegentlich

from time to time — von Zeit zu Zeit

at other times — sonst

at one time or another — irgendwann einmal

at a time like this/that — unter diesen/solchen Umständen

at the or that time — (in the past) damals

at one time, at [one and] the same time — (simultaneously) gleichzeitig

at the same time — (nevertheless) gleichwohl

between times — zwischendurch

time and [time] again, time after time — immer [und immer] wieder

pay somebody £6 a time — jemandem für jedes Mal 6 Pfund zahlen

one at a time — einzeln

two at a time — jeweils zwei

for hours/weeks at a time — stundenlang/wochenlang [ohne Unterbrechung]

7) (point in day etc.) [Uhr]zeit, die

at the same time every morning — jeden Morgen um dieselbe Zeit

what time is it?, what is the time? — wie spät ist es?

have you [got] the time? — kannst du mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

tell the time — (read a clock) die Uhr lesen

time of day — Tageszeit, die

[at this] time of [the] year — [um diese] Jahreszeit

at this time of [the] night — zu dieser Nachtstunde

pass the time of day — (coll.) ein paar Worte wechseln

by this/that time — inzwischen

by the time [that] we arrived — bis wir hinkamen

[by] this time tomorrow — morgen um diese Zeit

keep good time — [Uhr:] genau od. richtig gehen

8) (amount) Zeit, die

make good time — gut vorwärts kommen

[your] time's up! — deine Zeit ist um (ugs.) od. abgelaufen

9) (multiplication) mal

three times four — drei mal vier

four times the size of/higher than something — viermal so groß wie/höher als etwas

10) (Mus.) (duration of note) Zeitdauer, die; (measure) Takt, der

in three-four time — im Dreivierteltakt

keep in time with the music — den Takt halten

out of time/in time — aus dem/im Takt

keep time with something — bei etwas den Takt [ein]halten
2. transitive verb
1) (do at correct time) zeitlich abstimmen

be well/ill timed — zur richtigen/falschen Zeit kommen

2) (set to operate at correct time) justieren (Technik); einstellen

3) (arrange time of arrival/departure of)

the bus is timed to connect with the train — der Bus hat einen direkten Anschluss an den Zug

be timed to take 90 minutes — fahrplanmäßig 90 Minuten dauern

4) (measure time taken by) stoppen

time an egg — auf die richtige Kochdauer für ein Ei achten
•• Cultural note:
Times - The Times

Eine britische überregionale Tageszeitung, deren Pendant am Sonntag The Sunday Times ist. Sie ist eine broadsheet-Zeitung und zählt zur seriösen Presse. Sie ist politisch unabhängig, wird jedoch gemeinhin als konservativ angesehen. Sie ist die älteste Zeitung in England und wurde erstmals 1785 veröffentlicht

* * *

adj.

zeitlich adj. n.

Tempo -s n.

Zeit -en f.

English-german dictionary > time
3 tener

v.

1 to have.

tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother

tener fiebre to have a temperature

tuvieron una pelea they had a fight

tener un niño to have a baby

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August

Yo tengo una casa I have a house.

El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.

Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.

Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.

Tengo un primo I have a cousin,

Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.

Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.

Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.

Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.

2 to be.

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tiene diez años she's ten (years old)

tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years (Am)

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid

tener mal humor to be bad-tempered

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her

3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).

tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise

4 to hold.

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle

Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.

5 to offer, to have.

* * *

TENER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.

Past Indicative

tuve, tuviste, tuvo, tuvimos, tuvisteis, tuvieron.

Future Indicative

tendré, tendrás, tendrá, tendremos, tendréis, tendrán.

Conditional

tendría, tendrías, tendría, tendríamos, tendríais, tendrían.

Present Subjunctive

tenga, tengas, tenga, tengamos, tengáis, tengan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

tuviera, tuvieras, tuviera, tuviéramos, tuvierais, tuvieran;

tuviese, tuvieses, tuviese, tuviésemos, tuvieseis, tuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

tuviere, tuvieres, tuviere, tuviéremos, tuviereis, tuvieren.

Imperative

ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to have

2) hold

3) own, possess

4) feel

•

- tener en cuenta
- tener que
- tenerse por
* * *
Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

tenía una sonrisa preciosa — she had a lovely smile

tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

tenía el pelo mojado — his hair was wet

3) [referido a edad] to be

tiene siete años — he's seven (years old)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

al menos debe de tener 55 años — she must be at least 55

4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

mañana tengo una fiesta — I'm going to a party tomorrow

5) (=parir) to have

va a tener un niño — she's going to have a baby

6) (=medir) to be

tener 5cm de ancho — to be 5cm wide

7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

no tengas tantos celos — don't be so jealous

hemos tenido mucho miedo — we have been very frightened

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

he tenido un presentimiento — I've had a premonition

8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

han tenido un accidente — they have had an accident

hemos tenido muchas dificultades — we have had a lot of difficulties

Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

9) (=sostener) to hold

tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

10) (=recibir) to have

aún no he tenido carta — I haven't had a letter yet

¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

11) (=pensar, considerar)

• tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

• tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

• tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

le tengo por poco honrado — I consider him (to be) rather dishonest

• ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

13) [locuciones]

ya saben dónde me tienen — you always know where you can find me

• ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

• tener algo [de] + adj —

de bueno no tiene nada — there's nothing good about it

no tiene nada de particular — it's nothing special

¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

• tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

• tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

- ¿conque esas tenemos?

- no tenerlas todas consigo

no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

- tener todas las de ganar

- tener todas las de perder

- quien tuvo retuvo

2. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) tener que ({+ infin})

a) [indicando obligación]

tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

tuvo que devolver todo el dinero — he had to pay all the money back

tiene que ser así — it has to be this way

b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

tiene que estar en tu despacho — it must be in your office

tiene que haberte dolido mucho — it must have hurt a lot

c) [en reproches]

¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]

tendrías que comer más — you should eat more

tendríamos que pedirle perdón — we should apologize to him

2) + participio

tenía puesto el sombrero — he had his hat on

nos tenían preparada una sorpresa — they had prepared a surprise for us

tenía pensado llamarte — I had been thinking of phoning you

te lo tengo dicho muchas veces — I've told you hundreds of times

yo no le tengo visto — I've never set eyes on him

3) + adj

procura tener contentos a todos — he tries to keep everybody happy

me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

4) esp Méx (=llevar)

tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

tengo cuatro años aquí — I've been here for four years

3.

See:

tenerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

----

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun

* * *

tener [ E27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ tener (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A poseer, disponer de

B

1 llevar encima

2 llevar puesto

C actividades, obligaciones

D

1 señalando características

2 expresando edad

3 con idea de posibilidad

E dar a luz

Sentido II

A sujetar, sostener

B tomar

Sentido III

A recibir

B

1 sentir

2 refiriéndose a síntomas

3 refiriéndose a sucesos

C refiriéndose a actitudes

Sentido IV

A indicando estado, situación

B tener algo/a alguien por algo

■ tener (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 tener que: obligación

2 tener que: propósito

B tener que: certeza

Sentido II

A con participio pasado

B en expresiones de tiempo

■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)

A sostenerse

B tenerse por algo

vt

[El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']

Sentido I

A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have

ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one

¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?

tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary

no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives

no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money

no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like

aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit

¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?

¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?

no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure

tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)

tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)

B

1 (llevar encima) to have

¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?

no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)

¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?

2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on

¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!

C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight

los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays

tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner

tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron

D

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair

tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave

tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing

tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults

la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide

¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?

tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father

tener algo DE algo:

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)

tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father

el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old

3

(con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair

el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble

E (dar a luz) to have

tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby

Sentido II

A (sujetar, sostener) to hold

sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you

¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?

tenlo derecho hold it upright

B

(tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key

Sentido III

A (recibir) to have

hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received

tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her

B

1

(sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house

tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …

¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?

2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache

¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?

está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him

3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have

tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer

tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream

que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him

C

(refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful

tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me

tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went

bien² adv G. (↑ bien (2))

Sentido IV

A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):

el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty

la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken

tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty

tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed

tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone

lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away

ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already

la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time

lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb

eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that

me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon

nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour

a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick

¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?

B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:

se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country

lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon

siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy

ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it

■

v aux

Sentido I

A

1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:

tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today

tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin

no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button

no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations

no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much

tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this

2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:

tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie

tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise

tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good

B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:

tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer

tiene que haber sido él it must have been him

tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?

ver² vt I. (↑ ver (2))

Sentido II

A

(con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?

ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out

tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow

tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up

B

( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years

tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years

■ tenerse

v pron

A

(sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand

tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)

B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:

se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent

* * *

Multiple Entries:
tener
tener algo
tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
1
a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;

◊ ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?;

no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

2
a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;

◊ la casa tiene mucha luz the house is very light;

tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
b) ( señalando edad) to be;

◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
3
a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;

◊ tenlo derecho hold it upright

b) ( tomar):

◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

4
a) ( sentir):

◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;

◊ que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):
◊ ten más respeto have a little more respect;

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
6 (indicando estado, situación):
◊ la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken;

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
tener v aux
1 tener que hacer algo
a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):

◊ tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie;

tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him
c) ( expresando certeza):

◊ tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer;

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
2 ( con participio pasado):
◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years;

tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):
◊ no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand;

no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
tener
I verbo transitivo
1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
(ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
(medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

' tener' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrigar
- abuela
- abundar
- acarrear
- accidente
- acostumbrar
- admirar
- adolecer
- agobiarse
- añorar
- antena
- apetecer
- apremiar
- aptitud
- arcada
- arte
- banco
- bombera
- bombero
- burbuja
- cabida
- cabronada
- cacao
- caer
- cagalera
- calor
- cantar
- capaz
- carácter
- carrete
- celebrarse
- céntimo
- certeza
- certidumbre
- ciega
- ciego
- conciencia
- conllevar
- consecuencia
- constar
- contingente
- corazón
- correa
- correrse
- cosa
- cosquillas
- costar
- creer
- cruda
- crudo
English:
access
- accommodate
- act
- add up
- afraid
- agree
- aim to
- allow for
- allowance
- approve of
- around
- associate
- attached
- augment
- authoritarian
- ax
- axe
- barrel
- be
- bear
- bear with
- bearing
- begrudge
- believe in
- belong
- beware
- boast
- bone
- boomerang
- breathing space
- broody
- brush
- butterfly
- calculate
- careful
- celebrate
- clash
- clever
- come off
- command
- connected
- conscience
- consider
- consideration
- count
- crash
- date
- daunt
- debt
- depend

* * *

tener

♦ vt

1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;

no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;

¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;

¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;

tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;

tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;

muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;

el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;

¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;

¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;

tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;

tener un niño to have a baby;

no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
RP Fam
tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;

Comp

¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;

Comp

no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;

Comp
muy Fam
tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;

Prov

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;

tener fiebre to have a temperature;

tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;

doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;

no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;

tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;

mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;

no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;

tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves

3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
Am
tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;

tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;

tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;

tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;

me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;

tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying

4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;

tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;

tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;

me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;

eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;

esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;

un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;

nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;

me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;

nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;

la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant

5. [sujetar] to hold;

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;

¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;

ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high

6. [tomar]
ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;

¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;

ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer

7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;

tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;

el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;

tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;

tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;

tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;

tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed

8. [valorar, estimar]
tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;

me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
Formal
tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;

les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…

9. [guardar, contener] to keep;

¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;

¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;

la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;

esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account

10. RP Fam
tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;

¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;

¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;

¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!

♦ v aux

1. [antes de participio] [haber]
teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;

¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;

te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;

tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married

2.
tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;

tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;

¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;

tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;

tiene que ser así it has to be this way;

tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;

teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;

no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;

si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;

no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to

3.
tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;

tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;

tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;

tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking

4.
tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;

las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;

tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;

tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else

5.
tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;

actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;

se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;

¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;

no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;

lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;

aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;

¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;

es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;

tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;

dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;

¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?

♦ See also the pronominal verb tenerse

* * *

tener

v/t

1 have;

tener 10 años be 10 (years old);

tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length

2

:

ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy

3

:

tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth

4

:

tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;

tuve que madrugar I had to get up early

5

:

conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;

no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;

no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;

eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous

* * *

tener {80} vt

1) : to have

tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes

tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do

tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old

tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long

2) : to hold

ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment

3) : to feel, to make

tengo frío: I'm cold

eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy

4)

tener por : to think, to consider

me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy

tener v aux

1)

tener que : to have to

tengo que salir: I have to leave

tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here

2) (with past participle)

tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you

♦ See also the reflexive verb tenerse

* * *

tener vb

1. (en general) to have

¿tienes hermanos? have you any brothers or sisters?

tiene el pelo largo she has long hair

tenía dolor de cabeza I had a headache

tuve un sueño I had a dream

En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?

2. (edad, tamaño) to be

tiene quince años she's fifteen years old

la habitación tiene cuatro metros de largo the room is four metres long

Muchas veces se utiliza el verbo to be y el sustantivo se traduce con un adjetivo

tengo calor I'm hot

tengo hambre I'm hungry

tengo miedo I'm afraid

tengo sed I'm thirsty

aquí tienes here you are

tener pensado hacer algo to intend doing something

tener que to have to

tengo que ir a trabajar I have to go to work

tienes que estudiar más you have to study more

tener que ver to have to do with / to concern

no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

Spanish-English dictionary > tener
4 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
5 to

tu: (полная форма) ;
(редуцированная форма, употр. перед гласными) ;
(редуцированная форма, употр. перед согласными)
1. предл.
1) местные и пространственные значения а) выражает движение к какой-л. точке и достижение ее, управляет словом, обозначающим эту точку;
также с наречиями к, в, тж. перен. Forester was sent to Edinburgh. ≈ Форестера послали в Эдинбург. The first train to London. ≈ Первый поезд в Лондон, на Лондон. He has removed to near Rugby. ≈ Он переехал поблизости от Регби. Come here to me. ≈ Подойди сюда ко мне. When he came to the crown. ≈ Когда он взошел на престол. To trace how the stories came to Spain. ≈ Отследить, как вести об этом попали в Испанию. б) значение направления в какую-л. сторону к, на Standing with his back to me. ≈ Он стоял спиной ко мне. He pointed to a clump of trees. ≈ Он указал на рощицу. The bedrooms to the back are much larger. ≈ Спальни на задней стороне дома гораздо больше. в) выражает предел движения, протяжения в пространстве до Protestant to the backbone. ≈ Протестант до мозга костей. The thermometer has risen to above
32. ≈ Температура перевалила за
32. It is eleven miles from Oxford to Witney. ≈ От Оксфорда до Уитни одиннадцать миль. г) выражает нахождение где-л. в, на Stayed to Canfields all night. ≈ Оставался в Кенфилдс всю ночью Were you ever to the Botanic Gardens? ≈ Ты когда-нибудь бывал в Ботаническом Саду? to work д) выражает соположение, соприкосновение к, у He stood up to the wall. ≈ Он стоял, прислонившись к стене. His mouth to my mouth. ≈ Его рот касался моего. They will find everything ready to their hands. ≈ У них все будет под рукой.
2) временные отношения;
временной предел, окончание срока к, до The parliament was prorogued to the tenth of February. ≈ Перерыв в работе парламента должен был продлиться до десятого февраля. The business hours were from ten to six. ≈ Рабочий день был с десяти до шести. How long is it to dinner, sir? ≈ Сколько осталось до ужина, сэр? It was exactly a quarter to four o'clock. ≈ Было без четверти четыре. Ainsworth came to this time. ≈ К этому времени подошел Эйнсворт.
3) отношения достижения цели, результата, эффекта а) выражает цель деятельности для, под The captain came to our rescue. ≈ Капитан пришел к нам на помощь. The indispensable means to our end. ≈ Необходимые средства для достижения нашей цели. You sit down to Scripture at your bureau. ≈ Засядь-ка за Писание у себя в кабинете. Having laid down a few acres to oats. ≈ Отведя несколько акров под овес. The land sown to barley increases. ≈ Площади, засеваемые хмелем, расширяются. б) конечный пункт движения, ожидаемый исход, результат He had made up his mind to the event. ≈ Он настроился на это дело. To his astonishment. ≈ К его удивлению. To light those buildings by electricity, to the total exclusion of gas. ≈ Освещать эти здания электричеством, что приведет к полному отказу от газа. But now, to his despair, he felt that his patient herself was fighting against his skill. ≈ Теперь, к своему отчаянию, он понял, что теперь против него борется и сам пациент. The glasses are all to bits. ≈ Стекла все вдребезги разбиты. в) по отношению к, в отношении к Instead of marrying Torfrida, I have more mind to her niece. ≈ Я не хочу жениться на Торфриде, у меня больше склонности к ее племяннице. This lease is a document of title to land. ≈ Этот документ об аредне есть документ о праве собственности на эту землю. The high-born poem which had Sackville to father. ≈ Поэт благородного происхождения, чей отец был Сэквилл.
4) со словами, выражающими объем, степень, размер Sir Tomkyn swore he was hers to the last drop of his blood. ≈ Сэр Томкин поклялся, что принадлежит ей полностью, до самой последней капли крови. He was generally punctual to a minute. ≈ Он был обычно пунктуален до минут. The bishops were hostile to a man. ≈ Все священнки до единого были враждебны. Gallant, courteous, and brave, even to chivalry. ≈ Галантный, вежливый и бесстрашный, почти до рыцарства. She was in love with him to distraction. ≈ Она была влюблена в него до самозабвения. The schoolroom was hot to suffocation. ≈ В классе было жарко так, что можно было задохнуться.
5) в значении добавки, добавления, приложения а) под, к, вместе с;
у It is impossible any longer to find a pound of butter or cream to our tea in all the country. ≈ Теперь нигде невозможно найти ни масла, ни сливок к чаю. I am growing old, and want more mustard to my meat. ≈ Я старею, мне требуется больше горчицы к мясу. One little boy complained that there was no rim to his plate. ≈ Один мальчик пожаловался, что у его тарелки не было края. Without clothing to his back, or shoes to his feet. ≈ Спина была голая, на ногах не было обуви. ride to hounds б) о музыке There is an old song, to the tune of La Belle Catharine. ≈ Есть старая песенка, на мелодию "La Belle Catharine". в) к My lips might freeze to my teeth. ≈ У меня губы сейчас к зубам примерзнут. To that opinion I shall always adhere. ≈ Я всегда буду выражать эти взгляды. г) для Courage is the body to will. ≈ Смелость - плоть для воли. The Hall now forms the vestibule to the Houses of Parliament. ≈ Этот зал теперь служит вестибюлем перед залами заседаний парламента. д) у, в (как свойство, характеристика) Tell me what there is to this shindy. ≈ Ну-ка расскажи, о чем здесь веселье There's a lot to him that doesn't show up on the surface. ≈ В нем есть многое, что не видно на поверхности.
6) отношение к стандарту, точке отсчета а) для, при, по сравнению с, на фоне It was so thick to its length. ≈ При ее длинне эта штука была очень толстая. Now, pretty well to what they had been. ≈ Теперь они чувствуют себя гораздо лучше, по сравнению с тем, что с ними было. Strangely contrasted to the chill aspect of the lake. ≈ Странно контрастирующий с леденящим видом озера. б) к (о соотношении сил) Their enemies were four to one. ≈ Враг превосходил их по численности в четыре раза. Mr. Gladstone's motion was carried by 337 to
38. ≈ Предложение г-на Гладстона прошло, за 337 человек, против
38. Odds are ten to three. ≈ Ставки десять к трем. в) по, для, в соответствии с He dresses to the fashion. ≈ Он одевается по моде. Temple is not a man to our taste. ≈ Для нас Темпл не человек. Men were noodles to her. ≈ Для нее все мужчины были слабаки. To all appearance. ≈ Судя по всему. He has not been here to-day to my knowledge. ≈ Насколько я знаю, сегодня его не было. г) к, в отношении, по поводу What will Doris say to it? ≈ Что на это говорит Дорис? д) с, к, по отношению к Inclined to the horizon. ≈ Наклоненный к горизонту. He was unable to see how they lie to each other. ≈ Он не мог осознать, насколько они лгут друг другу.
7) скорее аффективные значения а) переход к какой-л. деятельности Let's to it presently. ≈ Давайте теперь обратимся к этому. Come, lads, all hands to work! ≈ Так, ребята, за работу! б) причинение кому-л. или чему-л. чего-л. I presented the gun to him without any other idea but that of intimidation. ≈ Я наставил на него пистолет, имея в виду только испугать его. His father's unmerciful use of the whip to him. ≈ Отец нещадно охаживал его кнутом. Clodius had an old grudge to the King, for refusing to ransom him. ≈ У Клодия давно были к королю счеты зуб за то, что тот не выкупил его. в) обращение к кому-л. Did you not mark a woman, my son rose to? ≈ Разве ты не отметил ту женщину, которой поклонился мой сын? A hymn in hexameters to the Virgin Mary. ≈ Гекзаметрический гимн в честь Девы Марии. Come, speak to him! ≈ Ну же, заговори с ним! With continual toasting healths to the Royal Family. ≈ С бесконечными тостами за здравие королевской фамилии. г) реакция на что-л. The dead leaf trembles to the bells. ≈ Колокольный звон колышет мертвые листья. All the throng who have danced to a merry tune. ≈ Все те, что танцевали под развеселые мелодии (Питер Хэммилл, "Детская вера во взросление")
8) синтаксические функции утраченного дательного падежа а) обозначает реципиента Great dishonour would redound to us. ≈ Великое бесчестие обратится на нас. Having a Son born to him. ≈ У него родился сын. We had the railway-carriage all to ourselves. ≈ Нам был целиком предоставлен вагон. They acted under no authority known to the law. ≈ Они действовали по праву, которого не знает закон. б) обозначает носителя эмоции To these men Luther is a papist, and Caluin is the right prophet. ≈ Для этих людей Лютер папист, а Кальвин - истинный пророк. To me it is simply absurd. ≈ По мне, это просто абсурд. It means a great deal to him. ≈ Для него это много значит. в) указывает объект чувства That natural horror we have to evil. ≈ Наше естественное отвращение ко злу. Bacchus is a friend to Love. ≈ Вакх друг любви. That homage to which they had aspired. ≈ Уважение к себе, к которому они стремились. г) указывает на ссылку или источник I have already alluded to the fact. ≈ Я уже ссылался на это. Menander attests to it. ≈ Об этом свидетельствует Менандр. д) в управлении ряда глаголов, вводит непрямой объект We fought them and put them to the run. ≈ Мы сразились с ними и обратили их в бегство. This day's paper I devote to women. ≈ Сегодняшний доклад я посвящаяю женщинам. To admit Roman Catholics to municipal advantages. ≈ Предоставить католикам городские привилегии. е) фин. вводит статью расхода To Balance from 1899 195 pounds 11s. ≈ На покрытие баланса за 1899 год 195 фунтов 11 шиллингов 3 To J. Bevan and Co., for Bales, 2349 pounds. ≈ Дж.Бевиану и Ко, за Бейлс, 2349 фунтов. ж) вводит лиц, использующих какое-л. стандартное именование или выражение Terence James MacSwiney on the baptismal register, but Terry always to his friends. ≈ Теренс Джеймс Максвини значится в церковной книге, но для друзей он всегда был Терри. Lindy( Miss Hoffmann to the kids) had to give it back down to them. ≈ Линди (для детей мисс Хоффманн) пришлось отдать эту вещь им обратно.
2. нареч.
1) направление, прямо может не переводиться Three young owls with their feathers turned wrong end to. ≈ Три совенка с перьями, развернутыми не туда.
2) а) контакт, сопркосновение I can't get the lid of the trunk quite to. ≈ Я не могу закрыть крышку сундука. б) готовность Th horses are to. ≈ Лошади готовы.
3. частица
1) приинфинитивная частица You have to help him. ≈ Тебе нужно помочь ему.
2) своего рода местоглаголие, заменяет опущенный инфинитив I kept on, I had to. ≈ Но я прошел дальше, я был должен. I wanted to turn round and look. It was an effort not to. ≈ Я хотел оглянуться. Стоило громадных усилий не сделать этого. указывает на приведение в нужное состояние или положение, передается глагольными приставками при-, за- - to pull the shutters to закрыть ставни - push the door to захлопни дверь - the door blew to дверь захлопнулась - put the horses to запряги(те) лошадей указывает на начало действия: за - we turned to gladly /with a will/ мы с воодушевлением взялись за работу - they were hungry and fell to они были голодны и набросились на еду указывает на приведение в сознание или возвращение сознания - he came to он пришел в себя - to bring smb. to with smelling salts привести кого-л. в сознание нюхательной солью указывает на определенное направление - his hat is on the wrong side to у него неправильно надета шляпа - a ship moored head to корабль, пришвартованный против ветра - to and again( устаревшее) с одного места на другое;
туда и сюда;
взад и вперед;
из стороны в сторону;
в разные стороны;
вверх и вниз - to and back с одного места на другое;
туда и сюда;
взад и вперед;
из стороны в сторону;
в разные стороны;
вверх и вниз - close to рядом - we were close to when it happened мы были рядом, когда это случилось - keep her to! (морское) держи к ветру (команда) в пространственном значении указывает на направление: к, в, на - the road to London дорога в Лондон - the way to glory путь к славе - a flight to the Moon полет на Луну /в сторону Луны/ - head to the sea (морское) против волны - on one's way to the station по дороге к станции /на станцию/ - to go to town ехать /отправляться/ в город - to go to the sea ехать к морю, поехать на море - to go to Smith пойти к Смиту - where will she go to? куда она пойдет? - to turn to the left повернуть налево - to point to smth. указывать на что-л. - to see smb. to the station проводить кого-л. на вокзал - to hold up one's hands to heaven воздевать руки к небу - to put a pistol to his head приставить пистолет к его голове - I'm off to London я отправляюсь в Лондон - he wears his best clothes to church он ходит в церковь в парадном костюме в пространственном значении указывает на движение до соприкосновения с чем-л.: на, за, к - to fall to the ground упасть на землю - he swung his kit-bag to his back он закинул вещевой мешок за спину в пространственном значении указывает на расстояние: до - is it far to Moscow? далеко ли до Москвы? - it is five miles to the station до станции пять миль в пространственном значении указывает на положение по отношению к чему-л.: к, на;
вместе с сущ. тж. передается наречиями - rooms to the back задние комнаты - with one's feet to the fire протянув ноги к огню - with one's back to the wall спиной к стене - to lie to the south of лежать /быть расположенным/ к югу от - the window looks to the north окно выходит на север - placed at the right angle to the wall поставленный под прямым углом к стене - perpendicular to the floor перпендикулярно к полу - a line tangent to a circle (математика) касательная к окружности в пространственном значении указывает на временное местопребывание( после глагола be в префекте): в - he has been to Volgograd twice this year в этом году он дважды был в Волгограде - have you been to bed? вы спали? в пространственном значении указывает на (американизм) (разговорное) (диалектизм) пребывание в каком-л. месте: в - he is to home он дома в пространственном значении указывает на посещение какого-л. учреждения: в - to go to school ходить в школу - to go to the theatre ходить /идти/ в театр указывает на лицо, реже предмет, к которому направлено действие: к, перед;
часто передается тж. дат. падежом - greetings to smb. приветствие кому-л. - to listen to smb., smth. слушать кого-л., что-л. - to speak to smb. разговаривать с кем-л. - to send smth. to smb. послать что-л. кому-л. - to explain smth. to smb. объяснить что-л. кому-л. - to submit the material to the committee представить материалы в комитет - to reveal a secret to smb. открыть кому-л. секрет - to apologize to smb. извиниться перед кем-л. - to play to packed houses играть перед полным залом - he showed the picture to all his friends он показал картину всем своим друзьям - he spoke to the demonstration он обратился с речью к участникам демонстрации - whom did you give the letter to? кому вы отдали письмо? указывает на лицо или предмет, воспринимающие какое-л. воздействие или впечатление или являющиеся объектом какого-л. отношения: к, для;
по отношению к;
передается тж. дат. падежом - attitude to smb., smth. отношение к кому-л., чему-л. - his duty to his country его долг по отношению к родине, его патриотический долг - known to smb. известный кому-л. - clear to smb. ясный кому-л. /для кого-л./ - favourable to smb. благоприятный для кого-л. - unjust to smb. несправедливый к кому-л. - a symptom alarming to the doctor тревожный симптом для доктора - pleasing to smb. приятный кому-л. - to be cruel to smb. быть жестоким к кому-л. - it was a mystery to them для них это было загадкой - injurious to smb., smth. вредный для кого-л., чего-л. - it seems to me that мне кажется, что - smth. has happened to him с ним что-то случилось указывает на лицо, эмоционально или интеллектуально заинтересованное в чем-л.;
обычно передается дат. падежом - what is that to you? тебе-то какое до этого дело?;
ты-то тут причем?;
почему это тебя интересует? - life is nothing to him он не дорожит жизнью указывает на лицо, в честь которого что-л. совершается или провозглашается: в честь, за;
передается тж. дат. падежом - a toast to your success тост за ваш успех - here is to your health за ваше здоровье - a hymn to the sun гимн солнцу - to build a monument to smb. воздвигнуть памятник кому-л. /в честь кого-л./ указывает на объект высказывания и т. п.: в, о, на или придаточное предложение - to bear witness to smth. давать показания о чем-л. - to testify to smth. показывать, что;
представлять доказательства о том, что - to swear to smth. поклясться в чем-л. - to speak to smth. высказываться в поддержку чего-л. - to confess to smth. признаваться в чем-л. - to allude to smth. сослаться или намекнуть на что-л. указывает на объект права, претензии и т. п. - to have a right to smth. иметь право на что-л. - to lay a claim to smth. заявить претензию на что-л. - the pretender to the throne претендент на трон - a document of title to land документ, дающий право на владение землей указывает на (сознательную) реакцию на что-л.: на;
передается тж. дат. падежом - (dis) obediance to smb.'s orders (не) подчинение чьему-л. приказу - in answer /in reply/ to smth. в ответ на что-л. - to reply to smb. отвечать кому-л. - to come to smb.'s call явиться по чьему-л. зову /на чей-л. зов/ - what do you say to that? что вы скажете по этому поводу? - what did he say to my suggestion? как он отнесся к моему предложению? - what do you say to a short walk? как насчет того, чтобы прогуляться? указывает на эмоциональную реакцию на что-л. или оценку чего-л.: к - to his surprise к его удивлению - to his credit к его чести - to her horror, the beast approached к ее ужасу, зверь приближался указывает на реакцию неодушевленных предметов на что-л. - waves sparkling to the moonbeams волны, сверкающие в лунном свете - flimsy houses that shake to the wind легкие домики, которые дрожат от ветра указывает на предел или степень: до - to the end, to the last до конца - to a man до последнего человека - to a certain extent до некоторой степени - to a high degree в высокой /в большой/ степени - to the exclusion of all others и никто больше, и никто другой - tired to death смертельно усталый - wet to the skin промокший до костей - stripped to the waist раздетый до пояса - shaken to the foundations поколебленный до основания - rotten to the core насквозь гнилой, прогнивший до сердцевины - to fight to the last drop of one's blood биться до последней капли крови - to defend one's country to the death стоять насмерть, защищая родину - to count up to ten считать до десяти - to cut smth. down to a minimum довести что-л. до минимума - the hall was filled to capacity зал был заполнен до отказа - the membership of the club increased to 350 количество челнов клуба достигло 350 - the room was hot to suffocation от жары в комнате нечем было дышать указывает на временной предел: до - to the end of June до конца июня - to the end of one's life до конца своей жизни - the custom survives to this day этот обычай сохранился до наших дней /существует и поныне/ - I shall remember it to my dying day я буду помнить это до (своего) смертного часа указывает на степень точности: до - to an inch с точностью до дюйма - a year to the day ровно год (день в день) - to guess the weight of smth. to within a kilo угадать вес чего-л. почти до килограмма - the train arrived to a minute поезд прибыл минута в минуту указывает на пределы колебаний: до - the weather over the period was moderate to cool погода в этот период колебалась от умеренной до прохладной указывает на изменение положения или достижение нового состояния и т. п.: в, до, на;
передается тж. глаголом - to go to sleep заснуть - to go to ruin разрушиться - to run to seed прорасти - to put smb. to flight обратить кого-л. в бегство - to tear smth. to pieces /to bits/ разорвать что-л. на куски - to burn to ashes сгореть дотла - to beat smb. to death избить кого-л. до смерти - to convert a warehouse to a dance-hall превратить склад в зал для танцев - it moved him to tears это растрогало его до слез - he grew to manhood он стал взрослым человеком указывает на меру наказания: к - to sentence smb. to prison приговорить кого-л. к тюремному заключению - to sentence smb. to death приговорить кого-л. к смерти /к смертной казни/ указывает на переход к другой теме разговора, к другому занятию и т. п.: к - now to the matter at hand теперь займемся нашим вопросом - he turned to the page he had marked он вернулся к странице, которую отметил - the conversation turned to painting разговор перешел на живопись указывает на начало действия: за - to fall /to set, to turn/ to smth. приниматься за что-л. - he turned to eating он принялся за еду указывает на цель: на, к, для, с целью - to this end с этой целью - to the end that с (той) целью чтобы;
для того чтобы - to no purpose напрасно, безрезультатно - a means to an end средство, ведущее к цели - with a view to your wellbeing заботясь о вашем благополучии - they came to our aid они пришли к нам на помощь - to come to dinner прийти к обеду /пообедать/ указывает на результат: к - to come to a conclusion прийти к выводу указывает на тенденцию, склонность, намерение: к - a tendency to smth. тенденция к чему-л. - to be given to smth. быть склонным к чему-л. указывает на предназначение: для, под - to be born to a bitter fate быть рожденным для горькой доли - to be born to a fortune родиться наследником несметных богатств - a horse bred to the plow лошадь, приученная к плугу /приученная пахать/ - a field planted to rice поле, отведенное /пущенное/ под рис;
поле, засеянное рисом указывает на возможность воздействия, незащищенность против воздействия чего-л.;
передается дат. падежом - open to criticism дающий пищу для критики - open to persuasion поддающийся убеждению - exposed to the sunlight подвергающийся действию солнца, незащищенный от солнца употребляется при выражении сравнения или сопоставления: в сравнении с, по сравнению с;
передается тж. дат. падежом - compared to... по сравнению с... - equal to smth. равный чему-л. - superior to smth. лучше, чем что-л.;
превосходящий что-л. - inferior to smth. хуже, чем что-л. - similar to smth. подобный чему-л.;
похожий на что-л. - to prefer coffee to tea предпочитать кофе чаю - he prefers listening to talking он больше любит слушать, чем говорить - this is nothing to what it might be это пустяки по сравнению с тем, что могло (бы) быть употребляется при выражении соотношения или пропорции: к, на - one to four один к четырем - ten votes to twenty десять голосов против двадцати - three goals to nil три - ноль( в футболе и т. п.) - the score was 7 to 9 счет был семь на девять - three parts flour to one part butter три части муки на одну часть масла (кулинарный рецепт) - three houses to the square mile три дома на квадратную милю - four apples to a pound четыре яблока на фунт, по фунту за четыре яблока - the chances are ten to one один шанс против десяти - 2 is to 4 as 4 is to 8 2 относится к 4 как 4 к 8 - it's hundred to one (that) it won't happen вероятность того, что это не случится /не произойдет/, не больше одной сотой употребляется при выражении соответствия чему-л.: по, на;
передается тж. дат. падежом - to my knowledge насколько я знаю;
насколько мне известно - to the best of me remembrance насколько я помню - to my mind /thinking/ по-моему - (not) to one's liking /taste/ (не) по вкусу кому-л. - made to order сделанный на заказ - words set to music слова, положенные на музыку - an opera to his own libretto опера по его собственному либретто - the novel is true to life роман правильно отражает жизнь - what tune is it sung to? на какой мотив это поется? - keep to the rules придерживайтесь правил употребляется при выражении (музыкального) сопровождения: под - to dance to the piano танцевать под рояль - to write to smb.'s dictation писать под чью-л. диктовку указывает на составную часть чего-л. или принадлежность к чему-л.: к, от, для;
передается тж. род. падежом - foreword to the book предисловие к книге - a key to a desk ключ от письменного стола - a frame to a picture рама для картины указывает на фазу процесса, аспект явления - there is no end to it этому нет конца - there is no exception to this rule из этого правила нет исключений указывает на контакт, близость( в адвербиальных оборотах с повторением существительного): к - face to face лицом к лицу - hand to hand бок о бок, рядом - shoulder to shoulder плечо к плечу - they stood man to man они стояли тесно /один к одному/ указывает на близость, тесное соприкосновение, а также прикрепление: к - with her hands to her eyes закрыв глаза руками - to be close to smb., smth. быть близко к кому-л., чему-л. - to tie smth. to smth. привязать что-л. к чему-л. - to fix smth. to smth. прикрепить что-л. к чему-л. - to clasp smb. to one's heart прижать кого-л. к сердцу - to fasten smth. to the wall прикрепить что-л. к стене - he held on to the rail with one hand одной рукой он держался за перила - the houses all had numbers to them на всех домах были написаны номера - he walked without shoes to his feet он шел босиком указывает на добавление, прибавление или сложение: к, с - put it to what you already have прибавьте /добавьте/ это к тому, что у вас уже есть - add five to the sum прибавьте к этой сумме пять - will you have sugar to your tea? вы будете пить чай с сахаром? указывает на родственные, служебные и др. отношения;
передается род. падежом - heir to an estate наследник имущества - ambassador to the King of Sweden посол при дворе шведского короля - interpreter to UNO переводчик ООН - secretary to the manager секретарь управляющего - apprentice to a tailor ученик портного - to be engaged to smb. быть помолвленным с кем-л. - she is mother to the child она мать этого ребенка - he has been a good father to them он был им хорошим отцом - Charles is brother to John Чарльз - брат Джона указывает на содержание или степень содержательности чего-л.: в - a book without much to it не слишком интересная книга;
книга так себе - there isn't much to it в этом нет ничего особенного /мудреного/;
это немногого стоит - there's nothing to it это проще простого, это проще пареной репы;
в этом нет никакой премудрости;
это яйца выеденного не стоит - that's all there is to it вот и все;
вот и вся недолга;
это очень просто - is there nothing more to civilization than a moral code? неужто( вся) цивилизация сводится к морали? указывает на время по часам: без - ten (minutes) to (two) без десяти (два) - (a) quarter to five без четверти пять указывает на отнесение к какому-л. времени в прошлом: к - a ceremony dating to the first century обряд, относящийся к первому веку указывает на (диалектизм) точное время: в - they were ready to three o'clock они были готовы к трем часам (бухгалтерское) указывает на отнесение суммы в дебет счета - to goods $100 100 долларов на товары /отнесение стоимости товаров в 100 долларов/ в дебет счета (устаревшее) указывает на использование в каком-л. качестве: как, в - he took her to wife он взял ее в жены - to call smb. to witness ссылаться на кого-л., призывать кого-л. в свидетели > from beginning to end от начала до конца > from east to west с востока на запад > from nine o'clock to twelve с девяти до двенадцати часов > from day to day изо дня в день > from dawn to dusk с восхода до заката, от зари до зари > count from one to ten считай(те) от одного до десяти > to go from bad to worse все (время) ухудшаться, становиться все хуже и хуже > to all appearances по всей видимости > to the contrary наоборот > to a T полностью, совершенно > that suits me to a T это меня полностью устраивает > to oneself в свое распоряжение, в своем распоряжении > I had a room to myself у меня была отдельная комната > he kept it to himself он ни с кем этим не делился (тж. перен.) > to tell smth. to smb.'s face сказать что-л. кому-л. (прямо) в лицо > to jump to one's feet вскочить на ноги > to be used to smth. привыкнуть к чему-л. > he was used to good food он привык хорошо питаться > he was used to getting up early он привык рано вставать > to horse! по коням! (команда) > to arms! к оружию! (команда) > would to God /to Heaven/! о господи! употребляется при инфинитиве - to go away would be to admit defeat уйти означало бы признать себя побежденным - he refused to come он отказался прийти - I asked him to come я просил его прийти - he was seen to enter the house видели, что он вошел в дом - she would like it to be true она бы хотела, чтобы это оказалось правдой - I'm ready to do it я готов сделать это - you're foolish to believe it глупо, что ты веришь этому - he was the first to come он пришел первым - they had no time to lose им нельзя было терять времени - I have a letter to write мне надо написать письмо - there's a lot to do дел (еще) очень много - there was not a sound to be heard не было слышно ни звука - he is not to be trusted ему нельзя доверять - that's good to eat вкусная штука /вещь/ - the room is pleasant to look at на комнату приятно посмотреть - write down the address not to forget it запишите адрес, чтобы не забыть его - we parted never to meet again мы расстались, чтобы никогда больше не встречаться - to hear him talk you would imagine that he's somebody послушать его - так можно подумать, что он важная персона - to tell the truth по правде говоря - this house is to let этот дом сдается (внаем) употребляется после ряда глаголов, чтобы избежать повторения инфинитива - tell him if you want to скажите ему, если хотите - take the money, it would be absurd not to возьмите деньги;
было бы нелепо отказываться от них assistant ~ the professor ассистент профессора become a party ~ принимать участие to begin( on ( или upon) smth.) брать начало( от чего-л.) ;
to begin over начинать сызнова;
well begun is half done посл. = хорошее начало полдела откачало to ~ at the beginning начинать с самого начала;
to begin at the wrong end начинать не с того конца end: to begin at the wrong ~ начать не с того конца to begin (on (или upon) smth.) брать начало (от чего-л.) ;
to begin over начинать сызнова;
well begun is half done посл. = хорошее начало полдела откачало belong absolutely ~ принадлежать полностью ~ bring ~ poverty довести до бедности;
to fall to decay( или ruin) разрушиться, прийти в упадок to cheat( on smb.) вести себя нечестно( по отношению к кому-л.: другу, партнеру, мужу и т. п.) ~ избежать( чего-л.) ;
to cheat the gallows избежать виселицы ~ занимать( чем-л.) ;
to cheat time коротать время;
to cheat the journey коротать время в пути ~ занимать (чем-л.) ;
to cheat time коротать время;
to cheat the journey коротать время в пути ~ prep указывает на предел движения, расстояния, времени, количества на, до: to climb to the top взобраться на вершину counter ~ противоречащий, противоположный( чему-л.) ~ prep под (аккомпанемент) ;
в (сопровождении) ;
to dance to music танцевать под музыку;
he sang to his guitar он пел под гитару ~ prep указывает на: связь между действием и ответным действием к, на;
to this he answered на это он ответил;
deaf to all entreaties глух ко всем просьбам ~ bring ~ poverty довести до бедности;
to fall to decay (или ruin) разрушиться, прийти в упадок ~ prep указывает на принадлежность (к чему-л.) или на прикрепление (к чему-л.) к;
to fasten to the wall прикрепить к стене;
key to the door ключ от двери give consideration ~ обсуждать give consideration ~ рассматривать ~ мошенничать;
обманывать;
he cheated me (out) of five dollars он надул меня на пять долларов he could be anywhere from 40 ~ 60 ему можно дать и 40 и 60 лет ~ prep передается род. падежом и указывает на отношения: родственные: he has been a good father to them он был им хорошим отцом ~ prep под (аккомпанемент) ;
в (сопровождении) ;
to dance to music танцевать под музыку;
he sang to his guitar он пел под гитару I am going ~ the University я иду в университет;
the windows look to the south окна выходят на юг I can't get the lid of the trunk quite ~ я не могу закрыть крышку сундука ~ prep указывает на сравнение, числовое соотношение или пропорцию перед, к;
3 is to 4 as 6 is to 8 три относится к четырем, как шесть к восьми it was nothing ~ what I had expected это пустяки в сравнении с тем, что я ожидал ~ prep указывает на принадлежность (к чему-л.) или на прикрепление (к чему-л.) к;
to fasten to the wall прикрепить к стене;
key to the door ключ от двери ~ prep указывает на лицо, по отношению к которому или в интересах которого совершается действие;
передается дат. падежом: a letter to a friend письмо другу ~ prep указывает на эмоциональное восприятие к;
to my disappointment к моему разочарованию;
to my surprise к моему удивлению ~ prep указывает на эмоциональное восприятие к;
to my disappointment к моему разочарованию;
to my surprise к моему удивлению object ~ возражать, протестовать( против чего-л.) ~ prep указывает на соответствие по, в;
to one's liking по вкусу a party was thrown ~ the children детям устроили праздник ten ~ one he will find it out девять из десяти за то, что он это узнает;
the score was 1 to 3 спорт. счет был 1: 3 ~ prep передается род. падежом и указывает на отношения: подчинения по службе: secretary to the director секретарь директора ~ (began;
begun) начинать(ся) ;
she began weeping( или to weep) она заплакала ten ~ one he will find it out девять из десяти за то, что он это узнает;
the score was 1 to 3 спорт. счет был 1: 3 ~ the minute минута в минуту;
с точностью до минуты there is an outpatient department attached ~ our hospital при нашей больнице есть поликлинника ~ prep указывает на: связь между действием и ответным действием к, на;
to this he answered на это он ответил;
deaf to all entreaties глух ко всем просьбам to ~ (on (или upon) smth.) браться( за что-л.) ~ (began;
begun) начинать(ся) ;
she began weeping (или to weep) она заплакала ~ начинать ~ начинаться ~ основывать ~ приступать ~ создавать to ~ at the beginning начинать с самого начала;
to begin at the wrong end начинать не с того конца to ~ with прежде всего, во-первых ~ жулик ~ жульничество ~ занимать (чем-л.) ;
to cheat time коротать время;
to cheat the journey коротать время в пути ~ избежать (чего-л.) ;
to cheat the gallows избежать виселицы ~ мошенник ~ мошенничать;
обманывать;
he cheated me (out) of five dollars он надул меня на пять долларов ~ мошенничать ~ мошенничество;
обман ~ мошенничество ~ обман ~ обманщик, плут;
topping cheat виселица ~ обманщик ~ обманывать ~ плут ~ самозванец ~ шулер to: (from Saturday) to Monday( с субботы) до понедельника ~ prep указывает на высшую степень (точности, аккуратности, качества и т. п.) до, в;
to the best advantage наилучшим образом;
в самом выгодном свете ~ prep указывает на цель действия на, для;
to the rescue на помощь;
to that end с этой целью ~ обманщик, плут;
topping cheat виселица ~ prep указывает на направление к, в, на;
the way to Moscow дорога в Москву;
turn to the right поверните направо turn: ~ поворачивать(ся) ;
обращаться;
повертывать(ся) ;
to turn to the right повернуть направо;
to turn on one's heel(s) круто повернуться( и уйти) ~ prep указывает на направление к, в, на;
the way to Moscow дорога в Москву;
turn to the right поверните направо ~ prep указывает на лицо, в честь которого совершается действие: we drink to his health мы пьем за его здоровье to begin (on (или upon) smth.) брать начало (от чего-л.) ;
to begin over начинать сызнова;
well begun is half done посл. = хорошее начало полдела откачало I am going ~ the University я иду в университет;
the windows look to the south окна выходят на юг

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > to
6 forma

f.

1 shape, form (figura).

en forma de in the shape of

en forma de L L-shaped

tener forma ovalada o de óvalo to be oval in shape

formas figure, curves (silueta)

2 way, manner (manera).

se puede hacer de varias formas it can be done in several different ways

¡qué forma de llover! it's absolutely pouring down!

de cualquier forma, de todas formas anyway, in any case

de esta forma in this way

forma de pago method of payment

forma de ser: es su forma de ser that's just the way he is

3 form.

la fotografía es una forma de arte photography is an art form

formas de vida life forms

4 form (no fondo).

forma y fondo form and content

5 host (religion).

6 form (formulario). (Mexican Spanish)

7 kind, form.

8 aspect, semblance, appearance.

9 cast.

pres.indicat.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: formar.

imperat.

2^nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: formar.

* * *

forma

► nombre femenino

1 (gen) form, shape

■ en forma de X X-shaped

2 (manera) way

3 DEPORTE form

► nombre femenino plural formas

1 (modales) manners, social conventions

2 familiar (de mujer) curves

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de esta forma in this way

de forma que so that

de todas formas anyway, in any case

estar en baja forma to be off form

estar en forma to be in shape, be fit

ponerse en forma to get fit

buenas formas good manners

forma de pago method of payment

forma física physical fitness

la Sagrada Forma the Host

* * *

noun f.

1) form, shape

2) manner, way

•

- estar en forma

* * *

SF

1) (=figura) shape

tiene forma de pirámide — it is pyramid-shaped

hojas de forma triangular — triangular leaves

una serie de elementos dispuestos de forma circular — a series of elements arranged in a circle

la camisa ha cogido la forma de la percha — the shirt has been stretched out of shape by the hanger

• nubes de humo con forma de hongo — mushroom-shaped clouds of smoke

un pendiente con forma de animal mitológico — an earring in the shape of a mythological animal

• dar forma a — [+ objeto, joya] to shape; [+ idea, teoría] to give shape to

quiso dar forma literaria a sus teorías filosóficas — he wanted to put his philosophical theories into literary form

• en forma de U — U-shaped

pendientes en forma de corazón — heart-shaped earrings

• tomar forma — to take shape

la idea empezó a tomar forma el año pasado — the idea began to take shape last year

2) (=modo) way

me gusta más de esta forma — I like it better this way

yo tengo otra forma de ver las cosas — I see things in a different way

solo conozco una forma llegar hasta allí — I only know one way of getting there o one way to get there

no estoy de acuerdo con su forma de actuar — I don't agree with his way of doing things

no hubo forma de convencerlo — there was no way we could persuade him

• de forma directa/inmediata/natural — directly/immediately/naturally

el plan entrará en vigor de forma inmediata — the plan will take immediate effect, the plan will take effect immediately

este tema me preocupa de forma especial — this subject is of particular concern to me

• de esta forma — [gen] in this way; (=por consecuencia) thus

queremos controlar los costes y, de esta forma, evitar reducir la plantilla — we want to bring down costs and thus avoid having to downsize

• de todas formas — anyway, in any case

pero de todas formas te agradezco que me lo hayas dicho — but thank you for letting me know anyway, but in any case thank you for letting me know

forma de pago — method of payment, form of payment

forma de ser, es mi forma de ser — that's how I am, that's the way I am

3)

• de forma que — (=en un modo que) in such a way as, so as; (=por eso) so that

él intentó contestar la pregunta de forma que no le comprometiese — he tried to answer the question so as o in such a way as not to commit himself

el número de socios fue creciendo cada año, de forma que en 1989 eran ya varios miles — the number of members grew every year, so that o such that by 1989 there were several thousand

• de tal forma que — (=en un modo que) in such a way that; (=tanto que) so much that; (=por eso) so that

la noticia se filtró de tal forma que fueron incapaces de evitarlo — news leaked out in such a way that they were unable to stop it

la empresa ha crecido de tal forma que es irreconocible — the company has grown so much o to such an extent that it is unrecognizable

su padre era italiano y su madre polaca, de tal forma que él siempre se ha sentido europeo — his father was Italian and his mother Polish, so (that) he has always felt himself to be European

4) (tb: forma física) fitness, form

si no está al cien por cien de forma no jugará — if he isn't a hundred per cent fit he won't play

el jugador ha recuperado su forma física — the player is fit again, the player has regained fitness o form

cuida su forma física practicando también otros deportes — he keeps fit by playing other sports too

• estar en (buena) forma — [para hacer deporte] to be fit, be in good shape; [para realizar otra actividad] to be in (good) form

estar en baja forma — (lit) to be not fully fit; (fig) to be in bad shape

estar bajo de forma — to be in poor shape

mantenerse en forma — to keep fit

ponerse en forma — to get fit

5) (=aspecto externo) form

la forma y el fondo — form and content

es pura forma — it's just for the sake of form, it's a mere formality

• defecto de forma — (Jur) technicality

6) pl formas [femeninas] figure sing

7) pl formas [sociales] appearances

• guardar o mantener las formas — to keep up appearances

8) (Rel)

• la Sagrada Forma — the Host

9) (=molde) (Téc) mould, mold (EEUU); [de zapatero] last; [de sombrero] hatter's block; (Tip) forme, form (EEUU)

10) (Ling) [del verbo] form

11) (Tip) (=formato) format

12) LAm
*
• en forma, una fiesta en forma — a proper party, a blowout *

va a celebrar su cumpleaños en forma — he's going to have a proper o a serious * birthday party

nos aburrimos en forma — we were seriously bored *

13) Méx form
see MANERA, FORMA, MODO
* * *

femenino

1)

a) (contorno, apariencia) shape

tiene forma circular — it's circular (in shape)

en forma de cruz — in the shape of a cross

tiene la forma de un platillo — it's the shape of a saucer

dar forma a algo — ( al barro) to shape something; ( a proyecto) to give shape to something

tomar forma — to take shape

el suéter ha tomado la forma de la percha — the sweater's been stretched out of shape by the coat hanger

b) (tipo, modalidad) form

la discriminación no se tolerará bajo ninguna de sus formas — discrimination will not be tolerated in any shape or form

el medicamento se presenta en forma de comprimidos — the medicine comes in tablet form

2) (Lit) (de una novela, obra) form; (Fil) form

3) (Ling) form

4) (Dep, Med)

estar/mantenerse en forma — to be/keep fit

está en baja forma — he's not on form

en plena forma — on top form

en forma — (AmL fam)

una comida en forma — a good square meal (colloq)

nos divertimos en forma — (AmL fam) we had a really good time

5) (manera, modo) way

es su forma de ser — it's just the way he is

tiene una forma de ser que desconcierta — he has a rather disconcerting manner

qué forma de gritar! — there's no need to shout!

así no hay forma de entenderse — we'll never get anywhere like this

no veía la forma de convencerlo — I couldn't see how to convince him

de forma que — (frml) in such a way that

de cualquier forma or de todas formas — anyway, in any case

- forma de pago

6) formas femenino plural

a) ( de mujer) figure

b) ( apariencias) appearances (pl)

guardar las formas — to keep up appearances

7) (Méx) ( formulario) form

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], form, guise, means, mode, shape, way, mould [mold, -USA], shaping, complexion, manner, fashion.

Ex. During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex. It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.

Ex. In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex. The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex. Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.

Ex. If the book has an unusual shape then both the height and the width of the book will be given.

Ex. They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex. The two moulds, which were twins, were oblong wire sieves mounted on wooden frames, and the deckle was a removable wooden rim which could be fitted to either mould to make it into a tray-like sieve with a raised edge.

Ex. The process of shaping the scientific and technical propaganda into a legitimate specialisation is described.

Ex. These documents contain the Commission's sentiments on how policy should be evolved in particular sectors and what complexion it should take = Estos documentos contienen el sentir de la Comisión de cómo debería desarrollarse la política en sectores concretos y qué cariz debería tomar.

Ex. City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex. It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

----

* acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* actuar de forma negligente = be remiss.

* adoptar forma = take + shape.

* adoptar la forma de = take + form, take + the form of, come in + the form of.

* aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.

* asumir una forma = assume + form.

* botón en forma de palo = toggle fastener.

* buena forma física = fitness, physical fitness.

* buscar la forma de = look for + ways to.

* buscar la forma de + Infinitivo = develop + way of + Gerundio.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* caer en forma de cascada = cascade.

* cambiar de forma = shape-shift.

* cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.

* catálogo encuadernado en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de álbum = guard (book) catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de libro = bookform catalogue, book catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de libro encuadernado = bound book form catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de listado = computer print-out catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.

* catálogo impreso en forma de libro = printed book catalogue.

* como forma de vida = as a way of life.

* como una forma de = as a means of.

* concepto de forma = form concept.

* con forma de castillo = castellated.

* con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* con forma de pelo = hair-like.

* con forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.

* con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.

* con forma de U = U-shaped.

* con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complementaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma regular = regularly.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.

* de la otra forma = the other way (a)round.

* de muchas formas = in more ways than one.

* de ninguna forma = in any way at all.

* de ninguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de nuevas formas = in new ways.

* de otra forma = in any other way.

* describir de forma general = outline.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.

* de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.

* de una forma = in a fashion.

* de una forma + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + manner.

* de una forma ambigua = ambiguously.

* de una forma brillante = brilliantly.

* de una forma deplorable = execrably.

* de una forma fácil = easily.

* de una forma hábil = skilfully [skillfully, -USA].

* de una forma intangible = intangibly.

* de una forma lógica = logically.

* de una forma monstruosa = monstrously.

* de una forma organizada = in an organised fashion.

* de una forma rápida = quickly.

* de una forma relativamente + Nombre = relatively + Adverbio.

* de una forma simple = in a simple manner, simply.

* de una forma tautológica = tautologically.

* de una forma u otra = in some form or other, in one way or another, one way or another, in one form or another.

* de una nueva forma = in a new way.

* dispuesto de forma uniforme = regimented.

* división de forma = form division.

* edificio en forma de cubo = cubic building.

* en buena forma = in good nick.

* encabezamiento de forma = form heading.

* encontrar la forma de = devise + ways.

* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.

* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.

* en forma de A = A-shaped.

* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.

* en forma de capa = cape-like.

* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.

* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.

* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.

* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.

* en forma de D = d-shaped.

* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* en forma de libro = in book form.

* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.

* en forma de parásito = parasitically.

* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.

* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.

* en forma de U = U-shaped.

* en forma de V = V-shaped.

* en forma física = physically fit.

* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.

* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.

* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* en mala forma = in bad nick.

* en plena forma = in peak condition, in tip-top form, in tip-top condition.

* en su forma más básica = at its most basic.

* entintar la forma = beat + the forme.

* entrada de forma = form entry.

* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.

* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.

* faceta de forma = Form facet.

* forma adjetival = adjectival form.

* forma artística = art form.

* forma de actuar = discourse.

* forma de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.

* forma de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.

* forma de conseguir algo = lever.

* forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.

* forma de escribir = writing style.

* forma de evitar Algo = way round + Algo.

* forma de evitar una dificultad = way (a)round + difficulty.

* forma de evitar un problema = way round + problem.

* forma de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.

* forma de funcionar = business model.

* forma de hablar = manner of speaking.

* forma de hacer papel = paper mould.

* forma de impresión = composing frame, forme, plate, frame.

* forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.

* forma de pago = form of payment.

* forma de papel vitela = wove mould.

* forma de pensar = thinking, belief system, set of opinions, mode of thought, mode of thinking.

* forma de presentación = form of presentation.

* forma de trabajar = working practice, work practice, business model.

* forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.

* forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* forma de vida = way of life.

* forma excelente = commanding form.

* forma física = physical form, physical condition, physical shape.

* forma flexionada = inflected form.

* forma geométrica = geometric shape, geometric pattern.

* forma impresa = hard copy [hardcopy].

* forma intelectual = intellectual form.

* forma manual = hand mould.

* forma nominal = noun form.

* forma para papel verjurado = laid mould.

* ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.

* ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.

* guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.

* indicar las formas (de/en que) = point to + ways (of/in which).

* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.

* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).

* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* mantenerse en forma = keep + fit.

* no haber forma de = there + be + no way.

* no hay forma de que = for the life of me.

* ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.

* orientado hacia la forma = form-oriented.

* participar de forma activa = involve.

* participar de forma activa en = engage in.

* participar de una forma activa = become + involved.

* pensar de forma creativa = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* poner en forma = buff up.

* ponerse en forma = get + fit.

* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.

* por la forma = by the way.

* presentar en forma de tabla = tabulate.

* red en forma de estrella = star network [star-network].

* sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.

* ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.

* ser la forma de = be a recipe for.

* ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.

* ser una forma de = provide + a way of/to.

* sin forma = bodilessly, formless.

* sugerir la forma de = suggest + way in which.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* tomar forma = take + form, take + shape, assume + form, shape up.

* una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.

* volver a dar forma = reshape [re-shape].

* * *

femenino

1)

a) (contorno, apariencia) shape

tiene forma circular — it's circular (in shape)

en forma de cruz — in the shape of a cross

tiene la forma de un platillo — it's the shape of a saucer

dar forma a algo — ( al barro) to shape something; ( a proyecto) to give shape to something

tomar forma — to take shape

el suéter ha tomado la forma de la percha — the sweater's been stretched out of shape by the coat hanger

b) (tipo, modalidad) form

la discriminación no se tolerará bajo ninguna de sus formas — discrimination will not be tolerated in any shape or form

el medicamento se presenta en forma de comprimidos — the medicine comes in tablet form

2) (Lit) (de una novela, obra) form; (Fil) form

3) (Ling) form

4) (Dep, Med)

estar/mantenerse en forma — to be/keep fit

está en baja forma — he's not on form

en plena forma — on top form

en forma — (AmL fam)

una comida en forma — a good square meal (colloq)

nos divertimos en forma — (AmL fam) we had a really good time

5) (manera, modo) way

es su forma de ser — it's just the way he is

tiene una forma de ser que desconcierta — he has a rather disconcerting manner

qué forma de gritar! — there's no need to shout!

así no hay forma de entenderse — we'll never get anywhere like this

no veía la forma de convencerlo — I couldn't see how to convince him

de forma que — (frml) in such a way that

de cualquier forma or de todas formas — anyway, in any case

- forma de pago

6) formas femenino plural

a) ( de mujer) figure

b) ( apariencias) appearances (pl)

guardar las formas — to keep up appearances

7) (Méx) ( formulario) form

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], form, guise, means, mode, shape, way, mould [mold, -USA], shaping, complexion, manner, fashion.

Ex: During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex: It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.

Ex: In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex: Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.

Ex: If the book has an unusual shape then both the height and the width of the book will be given.

Ex: They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex: The two moulds, which were twins, were oblong wire sieves mounted on wooden frames, and the deckle was a removable wooden rim which could be fitted to either mould to make it into a tray-like sieve with a raised edge.

Ex: The process of shaping the scientific and technical propaganda into a legitimate specialisation is described.

Ex: These documents contain the Commission's sentiments on how policy should be evolved in particular sectors and what complexion it should take = Estos documentos contienen el sentir de la Comisión de cómo debería desarrollarse la política en sectores concretos y qué cariz debería tomar.

Ex: City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex: It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

* acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* actuar de forma negligente = be remiss.

* adoptar forma = take + shape.

* adoptar la forma de = take + form, take + the form of, come in + the form of.

* aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.

* asumir una forma = assume + form.

* botón en forma de palo = toggle fastener.

* buena forma física = fitness, physical fitness.

* buscar la forma de = look for + ways to.

* buscar la forma de + Infinitivo = develop + way of + Gerundio.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* caer en forma de cascada = cascade.

* cambiar de forma = shape-shift.

* cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.

* catálogo encuadernado en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de álbum = guard (book) catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de libro = bookform catalogue, book catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de libro encuadernado = bound book form catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de listado = computer print-out catalogue.

* catálogo en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.

* catálogo impreso en forma de libro = printed book catalogue.

* como forma de vida = as a way of life.

* como una forma de = as a means of.

* concepto de forma = form concept.

* con forma de castillo = castellated.

* con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* con forma de pelo = hair-like.

* con forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.

* con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.

* con forma de U = U-shaped.

* con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complementaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma regular = regularly.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.

* de la otra forma = the other way (a)round.

* de muchas formas = in more ways than one.

* de ninguna forma = in any way at all.

* de ninguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de nuevas formas = in new ways.

* de otra forma = in any other way.

* describir de forma general = outline.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.

* de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.

* de una forma = in a fashion.

* de una forma + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + manner.

* de una forma ambigua = ambiguously.

* de una forma brillante = brilliantly.

* de una forma deplorable = execrably.

* de una forma fácil = easily.

* de una forma hábil = skilfully [skillfully, -USA].

* de una forma intangible = intangibly.

* de una forma lógica = logically.

* de una forma monstruosa = monstrously.

* de una forma organizada = in an organised fashion.

* de una forma rápida = quickly.

* de una forma relativamente + Nombre = relatively + Adverbio.

* de una forma simple = in a simple manner, simply.

* de una forma tautológica = tautologically.

* de una forma u otra = in some form or other, in one way or another, one way or another, in one form or another.

* de una nueva forma = in a new way.

* dispuesto de forma uniforme = regimented.

* división de forma = form division.

* edificio en forma de cubo = cubic building.

* en buena forma = in good nick.

* encabezamiento de forma = form heading.

* encontrar la forma de = devise + ways.

* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.

* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.

* en forma de A = A-shaped.

* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.

* en forma de capa = cape-like.

* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.

* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.

* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.

* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.

* en forma de D = d-shaped.

* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* en forma de libro = in book form.

* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.

* en forma de parásito = parasitically.

* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.

* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.

* en forma de U = U-shaped.

* en forma de V = V-shaped.

* en forma física = physically fit.

* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.

* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.

* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* en mala forma = in bad nick.

* en plena forma = in peak condition, in tip-top form, in tip-top condition.

* en su forma más básica = at its most basic.

* entintar la forma = beat + the forme.

* entrada de forma = form entry.

* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.

* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.

* faceta de forma = Form facet.

* forma adjetival = adjectival form.

* forma artística = art form.

* forma de actuar = discourse.

* forma de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.

* forma de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.

* forma de conseguir algo = lever.

* forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.

* forma de escribir = writing style.

* forma de evitar Algo = way round + Algo.

* forma de evitar una dificultad = way (a)round + difficulty.

* forma de evitar un problema = way round + problem.

* forma de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.

* forma de funcionar = business model.

* forma de hablar = manner of speaking.

* forma de hacer papel = paper mould.

* forma de impresión = composing frame, forme, plate, frame.

* forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.

* forma de pago = form of payment.

* forma de papel vitela = wove mould.

* forma de pensar = thinking, belief system, set of opinions, mode of thought, mode of thinking.

* forma de presentación = form of presentation.

* forma de trabajar = working practice, work practice, business model.

* forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.

* forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* forma de vida = way of life.

* forma excelente = commanding form.

* forma física = physical form, physical condition, physical shape.

* forma flexionada = inflected form.

* forma geométrica = geometric shape, geometric pattern.

* forma impresa = hard copy [hardcopy].

* forma intelectual = intellectual form.

* forma manual = hand mould.

* forma nominal = noun form.

* forma para papel verjurado = laid mould.

* ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.

* ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.

* guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.

* indicar las formas (de/en que) = point to + ways (of/in which).

* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.

* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).

* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* mantenerse en forma = keep + fit.

* no haber forma de = there + be + no way.

* no hay forma de que = for the life of me.

* ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.

* orientado hacia la forma = form-oriented.

* participar de forma activa = involve.

* participar de forma activa en = engage in.

* participar de una forma activa = become + involved.

* pensar de forma creativa = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* poner en forma = buff up.

* ponerse en forma = get + fit.

* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.

* por la forma = by the way.

* presentar en forma de tabla = tabulate.

* red en forma de estrella = star network [star-network].

* sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.

* ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.

* ser la forma de = be a recipe for.

* ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.

* ser una forma de = provide + a way of/to.

* sin forma = bodilessly, formless.

* sugerir la forma de = suggest + way in which.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* tomar forma = take + form, take + shape, assume + form, shape up.

* una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.

* volver a dar forma = reshape [re-shape].

* * *

forma

feminine

A

1 (contorno, apariencia) shape

tiene forma circular it's circular (in shape)

en forma de cruz in the shape of a cross

tiene la forma de un platillo it's the shape of a saucer o it's saucer-shaped

los tenemos de todas formas y tamaños we have them in all shapes and sizes

el alfarero da forma al barro the potter shapes the clay

finalmente logró dar forma a sus proyectos he finally managed to give some shape to his plans

el suéter ha cogido la forma de la percha the sweater's been stretched out of shape by the coat hanger

el príncipe tomó la forma de una rana the prince turned into a frog

la escultura/el proyecto está empezando a tomar forma the sculpture/plan is beginning to take shape

2 (tipo, modalidad) form

la discriminación no puede ser tolerada bajo ninguna de sus formas discrimination cannot be tolerated in any shape or form

las distintas formas de vida animal the different forms of animal life

el medicamento se presenta en forma de supositorios y de comprimidos the medicine comes in suppository or tablet form

B

1 ( Lit) (de una novela, obra) form

fondo y forma form and content

2 ( Der):

un defecto de forma a technicality ( in drafting or presentation)

3 ( Fil) form

C ( Ling) form

la forma singular the singular (form)

D ( Dep, Med):

estar/mantenerse en forma to be/keep fit

esta temporada está en baja forma this season he's off form o he's not in good form

me siento en plena forma I feel on top form

en forma ( AmL fam): una comida en forma a good square meal ( colloq)

hoy nos divertimos en forma we had a terrific o fantastic time today

metiste la pata en (gran) forma you really put your foot in it ( colloq)

E (manera, modo) way

es su forma de ser it's just his way, it's just the way he is

no me gusta nada su forma de organizar las cosas I don't like his way of organizing things at all

¡qué forma de gritar, ni que estuviese sorda! there's no need to shout, I'm not deaf!

así no hay forma de entenderse we'll never get anywhere like this

lo hizo de forma que él no se enterase ( frml); she did it in such a way that he would not find out

de cualquier forma or de todas formas or de una forma o de otra anyway, in any case

Compuesto:

forma de pago

form o method of payment

F formas fpl

1 (de una mujer) figure

2 (apariencias) appearances (pl)

en público siempre guardan or cubren las formas they always keep up appearances in public

G ( Méx) (formulario) form

* * *

Del verbo formar: ( conjugate formar)

forma es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
forma
formar
forma sustantivo femenino
1
a) (contorno, apariencia) shape;

◊ en forma de cruz in the shape of a cross;

tiene la forma de un platillo it's the shape of a saucer;
dar forma a algo ( al barro) to shape sth;

( a proyecto) to give shape to sth
b) (tipo, modalidad) form;

◊ distintas formas de vida animal different forms of animal life;

forma de pago form o method of payment
2 (Dep, Med):
◊ estar en forma to be fit;

está en baja forma he's not on form;
en plena forma on top form;
en forma: nos divertimos en forma we had a really good time
3 (manera, modo) way;
◊ es su forma de ser it's just the way he is;

¡vaya forma de conducir! what a way to drive!;
forma de vida way of life;
de forma distinta differently;
de cualquier forma or de todas formas anyway, in any case
4
◊ formas sustantivo femenino plural

a) ( de mujer) figure

b) ( apariencias) appearances (pl);

◊ guardar las formas to keep up appearances

5 (Méx) ( formulario) form
formar ( conjugate formar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹círculo/figura› to make, form;

‹asociación/gobierno› to form, set up;
‹ barricada› to set up;
◊ ¡formen parejas! ( en clase) get into pairs o twos!;

( en baile) take your partners!
b) (Ling) to form

c) (Mil) ‹ tropas› to have … fall in

2 ( componer) to make up;
◊ un equipo formado por cinco personas a team made up of five people;

forma parte de algo to be part of sth, to belong to sth
3 ‹carácter/espíritu› to form, shape
4 ( educar) to bring up;
( para trabajo) to train
verbo intransitivo (Mil) to fall in
formarse verbo pronominal
1
a) (hacerse, crearse) [grupo/organismo] to form;

◊ se formó una cola a line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

b) ( desarrollarse) [niño/huesos] to develop

c) ‹idea/opinión› to form

2 ( educarse) to be educated;
( para trabajo) to be trained
forma sustantivo femenino
1 form, shape: una vasija en forma de campana, a bell-shaped vessel
2 (modo) way: hazlo de otra forma do it another way
no hay forma de probarlo, there's no way to prove it
forma de pago, method of payment
3 Dep form: está en baja forma, she's off form
me mantengo en forma, I keep fit 4 formas, (modales) manners
guardar las formas, to keep up appearances
♦ Locuciones: de forma que, so that
de todas formas, anyway, in any case
formar verbo transitivo
1 to form
2 (criar) to bring up
(instruir) to educate, train
' forma' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acento
- aerodinámica
- aerodinámico
- amorfa
- amorfo
- anacrónica
- anacrónico
- borla
- cerrada
- cerrado
- circular
- congruente
- cónica
- cónico
- corpórea
- corpóreo
- defraudar
- diferente
- ser
- escribano
- estrafalaria
- estrafalario
- estrechamiento
- estrellada
- estrellado
- formalmente
- herida
- histriónica
- histriónico
- imitar
- inicua
- inicuo
- ladrón
- ladrona
- mercenaria
- mercenario
- modo
- óptica
- oscurecer
- pequeña
- pequeño
- política
- redonda
- redondo
- sambenito
- tallar
- tela
- tener
- Tiro
English:
A
- agenda
- agree
- alternately
- amusing
- an
- and
- angular
- anyhow
- arrange
- as
- attuned to
- be
- begin
- best
- blend
- circle
- crescent
- cupcake
- day
- deny
- diamond
- disgusting
- do
- enjoy
- expect
- expedient
- faint
- figure
- fish
- fit
- fitness
- form
- freeware
- from
- go
- heart-shaped
- hexagon
- jelly baby
- jelly bean
- Jerkily
- keep
- kidney shaped
- lack
- lie
- manner
- mister
- must
- parcel
- pear-shaped

* * *

forma nf

1. [figura] shape, form;

¿qué forma tiene? what shape is it?;

en forma de triángulo in the shape of a triangle;

en forma de L L-shaped;

el escultor dio forma al barro the sculptor shaped the clay;

tener forma ovalada o [m5] de óvalo to be oval (in shape);

el proyecto comienza a tomar forma the project is starting to take shape

2. [manera] way, manner;

tiene una forma de hablar muy divertida she has a very funny way of talking;

no ha habido forma de localizarlo it was impossible to find him;

se puede hacer de varias formas it can be done in several different ways;

lo siento, es mi forma de ser I'm sorry, that's just the way I am o that's just my way;

¡qué forma de llover! it's absolutely pouring down!;

de cualquier forma, de todas formas anyway, in any case;

si lo hacemos de esta forma, acabaremos antes if we do it this way, we'll finish earlier;

viajaremos en segunda, de esta forma recortaremos gastos we can travel second class, that way we'll keep the cost down;

han organizado las conferencias de forma que haya diez minutos de intervalo entre ellas they've arranged the speeches in such a way that there's a ten-minute break between each one;

llegaremos a las ocho, de forma que podamos comenzar temprano we'll be there by eight so (that) we can start early;

dobla la camisa de forma que no se arruguen las mangas fold the shirt so (that) the sleeves don't get creased

Comp
forma de pago method of payment
3. [manifestación] form;

la fotografía es una forma de arte photography is an art form

4. [condición física] fitness;

estar en forma to be fit;

estar en baja/plena forma to be in poor/top shape;

vuelvo a estar en plena forma I'm fully fit again;

mantenerse/ponerse en forma to keep/get fit

Comp
forma física physical fitness;
en perfecta forma física in perfect (physical) shape

5. [de equipo, artista] form;

estar en forma to be on form;

estar en baja/plena forma to be off form/on top form

6.
formas [silueta] figure, curves;

un cuerpo de formas armoniosas a curvaceous body

7.
formas [modales] manners, social conventions;

guardar las formas to keep up appearances

8. [horma, molde] mould

9. Rel host;

la Sagrada Forma the Holy Host

10. Arte & Lit form;

a este escritor le importa más la forma que el contenido this writer is more interested in form than content

11. Ling form;

en forma plural in the plural

12. Méx [formulario] form

* * *

forma

f

1 form

2 ( apariencia) shape;

en forma de in the shape of;

dar forma a algo shape sth

3 ( manera) way;

de forma que in such a way that;

de todas formas in any case, anyway;

de alguna forma, en cierta forma in a way;

de cualquier forma anyway;

de ninguna forma not in the slightest, fam no way;

no hay forma de que coma/estudie nothing will make him eat/study, it’s impossible to get him to eat/study

4

:

formas pl proprieties;

guardar las formas keep up appearances

5

:

estar en forma be fit;

mantenerse en forma stay in shape

6 Méx ( formulario) form

* * *

forma nf

1) : form, shape

2) manera, modo: manner, way

3) : fitness

estar en forma: to be fit, to be in shape

4) formas nfpl

: appearances, conventions

* * *

forma n

1. (contorno) shape

¿qué forma tiene? what shape is it?

tiene forma de corazón it's heart shaped

una tarta suele tener una forma redonda cakes are usually round in shape

2. (manera) way

su forma de trabajar his way of working

de forma distinta in a different way / differently

de todas formas anyway

estar en forma to be fit

mantenerse en forma to keep fit

ponerse en forma to get fit

Spanish-English dictionary > forma
7 haber

m.

1 assets (bienes).

2 credit (side).

v.

1 to have.

lo he/había hecho I have/had done it

los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten

2 to be, to exist, to be some.

Hay carros There are cars.

Hay There are

* * *

HABER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

he, has, ha, hemos, habéis, han.

Imperfect Subjunctive

había, habías, había, habíamos, habíais, habían.

Past Indicative

hube, hubiste, hubo, hubimos, hubisteis, hubieron.

Future Indicative

habré, habrás, habrá, habremos, habréis, habrán.

Conditional

habría, habrías, habría, habríamos, habríais, habrían.

Present Subjunctive

haya, hayas, haya, hayamos, hayáis, hayan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

hubiera, hubieras, hubiera, hubiéramos, hubierais, hubieran;

hubiese, hubieses, hubiese, hubiésemos, hubieseis, hubiesen.

Future Subjunctive

hubiere, hubieres, hubiere, hubiéremos, hubiereis, hubieren.

Imperative

he (tú), haya (él/Vd.), hayamos (nos.), habed (vos.), hayan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

to have

- haber de
- hay
* * *

1. V AUX

1) [en tiempos compuestos] to have

he comido — I have o I've eaten

había ido al cine — he had gone o he'd gone to the cinema

lo hubiéramos hecho — we would have done it

¡haberlo dicho! — you should have said!

¡hubieran visto la casa! — esp LAm * you should have seen the house!

pero, ¿habráse visto (cosa igual)? — well, have you ever seen anything like it?

de haberlo sabido — if I had known, if I'd known

2)

• haber de —

a) [indicando obligación]

he de hacerlo — I have to do it, I must do it

hemos de tener paciencia — we must be patient

has de saber que... — you should know that...

¿qué he de hacer? — what am I to do?

los has de ver — LAm you'll see them

b) [indicando suposición]

han de ser las nueve — it must be about nine o'clock

ha de llegar hoy — esp LAm he should get here today

has de estar equivocado — esp LAm you must be mistaken

2. V IMPERS

1)

hay — [con sustantivo en singular] there is; [con sustantivo en plural] there are

hay un hombre en la calle — there is a man in the street

hay mucho que hacer — there is so much to be done

hubo una guerra — there was a war

no hubo discusión — there was no discussion

¿habrá tiempo? — will there be time?

tomará lo que haya — he'll take whatever there is

lo que hay es que... — it's like this..., the thing is...

algo debe de haber para que se comporte así — there must be some reason for him acting like that

hay sol — the sun is shining, it's sunny

hay dos hombres en la calle — there are two men in the street

no hay plátanos — there are no bananas

ha habido problemas — there have been problems

habían muchas personas — LAm there were many people there

• ¿ cuánto hay de aquí a Cuzco? — how far is it from here to Cuzco?

• los hay excelentes — some are excellent

los hay buenos y malos — some are good and some are bad

los hay que están confusos y asustados — some (people) are confused and afraid

las hay en negro y blanco — they are available in black and white

oportunistas los hay en todas partes — you'll find opportunists everywhere, there are always opportunists, wherever you go

• no hay, no hay nada mejor que... — there's nothing better than...

no hay como esta playa para disfrutar del surf — there's nothing like this beach for surfing

no hay más que hablar — there's no more to be said, there's nothing more to say

no hay quien te entienda — there's no understanding you

¡aquí no hay quien duerma! — it's impossible to get any sleep round here!

¡no hay de qué! — don't mention it!, not at all!

• ¿ qué hay? — (=¿qué pasa?) what's up?; (=¿qué tal?) how's it going?, how are things?

¡qué hubo! — Chile, Méx, Ven * how's it going?, how are things?

como hay pocos, donde los haya —

un amigo como hay pocos o donde los haya — a friend in a million

de lo que no hay —

¡eres de lo que no hay! — you're unbelievable!

si los hay —

buen chico si los hay — a good lad if ever there was one

2) (Com)

"¡mejores no hay!" — "there's none better!"

¡hay helado! — [dicho a voces] ice cream!; [en cartel] ice cream sold

¿hay puros? — do you have any cigars?

"no hay entradas o localidades" — "sold out"

3)

• hay que, hay que trabajar — one has to work, everyone must work

hay que hacer algo — something has to be done

hay que hacerlo — it has to be done

no hay que hacer nada — you don't have to do anything

hay que ser fuertes — we must be strong

hay que trabajar más — [como mandato] you must work harder

no hay que olvidar que... — we mustn't forget that...

no hay que tomarlo a mal — there's no reason to take it badly, you mustn't get upset about it

¡había que decírselo! — we'll have to tell him!

¡había que verlo! — you should have seen it!

• no hay más que, no hay más que leer las normas — all you have to do is read the rules

no hay más que haber viajado un poco para saberlo — anyone who has done a bit of travelling would know

- ¡hay que ver!

4) [indicando tiempo]

tres años ha — frm three years ago

años ha que no les veo — frm, hum I haven't seen them for years

3. VT

1) (=ocurrir)

en el encuentro habido ayer — in yesterday's game

el descenso de temperatura habida ayer — the fall in temperature recorded yesterday

la lista de las víctimas habidas — the list of casualties

habidos y por haber —

se trataron todos los temas habidos y por haber — they discussed every subject under the sun

2) (=tener)

un hijo habido fuera del matrimonio — a child born out of wedlock

los dos hijos habidos en su primer matrimonio — the two children from her first marriage

Pepe, que Dios haya en su gloria — Pepe, God rest his soul

bien haya... — (Rel) blessed be...

3) liter (=obtener)

lee cuantos libros puede haber — he reads all the books he can lay his hands on

4.

See:

haberse

* * *
I 1.
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

deberías haberlo dicho! — you should have said so!

Sentido II

2)

a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

haber de + inf — to have to + inf

ha de ser firmado por ambas partes — it has to o must be signed by both parties

b) ( expresando acción futura)

ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

ha de ser tarde — it must be late

pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!
2.
haber v impers

Sentido I

1) (existir, estar, darse)

hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

había un cliente esperando — there was a customer waiting

hubo dos accidentes — there were two accidents

¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

no hay como un buen descanso — there's nothing like a good rest

no hay quien lo aguante — he's absolutely unbearable

hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

hubo varios heridos — several people were injured

las hay rojas y verdes — there are red ones and green ones

gracias - no hay de qué — thank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

no hay de qué preocuparse — there's nothing to worry about

hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

Sentido II

2) ( ser necesario)

haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

Sentido III

3) (liter) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago
3.
haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)
II
masculino

a) ( bienes) assets (pl)

b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

los haberes que se le adeudan — moneys o monies owed to you (frml)

* * *

= be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.

Ex. This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.

Ex. Such records come in a variety of physical forms.

Ex. There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.

Ex. Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.

Ex. Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.

Ex. This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.

----

* deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.

* debería haber = there + ought to be.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.

* en su haber = on the credit side.

* haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.

* haber decidido = be intent on.

* haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.

* haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.

* haberes = assets, holdings.

* haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.

* haber existencias = be in stock.

* haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* haber llegado = be upon us.

* haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.

* haber nacido en = be a native of.

* haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.

* haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.

* haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* haber quórum = be quorate.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* haberse propuesto = be intent on.

* haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.

* haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.

* haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.

* haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.

* haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.

* haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.

* haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.

* haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.

* ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.

* he = I've (I have).

* hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.

* no haber = be unavailable.

* no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.

* no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.

* no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.

* no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).

* no haber forma de = there + be + no way.

* no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.

* no haber límites = there + be + no limit.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.

* no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.

* no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.

* no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.

* no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.

* no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.

* no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.

* no haber problemas = be fine.

* no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.

* no habiendo = in the absence of.

* no hay nada como = nothing beats....

* no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* sin haber contacto = non-contact.

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* * *
I 1.
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

deberías haberlo dicho! — you should have said so!

Sentido II

2)

a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

haber de + inf — to have to + inf

ha de ser firmado por ambas partes — it has to o must be signed by both parties

b) ( expresando acción futura)

ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

ha de ser tarde — it must be late

pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!
2.
haber v impers

Sentido I

1) (existir, estar, darse)

hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

había un cliente esperando — there was a customer waiting

hubo dos accidentes — there were two accidents

¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

no hay como un buen descanso — there's nothing like a good rest

no hay quien lo aguante — he's absolutely unbearable

hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

hubo varios heridos — several people were injured

las hay rojas y verdes — there are red ones and green ones

gracias - no hay de qué — thank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

no hay de qué preocuparse — there's nothing to worry about

hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

Sentido II

2) ( ser necesario)

haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

Sentido III

3) (liter) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago
3.
haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)
II
masculino

a) ( bienes) assets (pl)

b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

los haberes que se le adeudan — moneys o monies owed to you (frml)

* * *

= be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.

Ex: This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.

Ex: Such records come in a variety of physical forms.

Ex: There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.

Ex: Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.

Ex: Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.

Ex: This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.

* deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.

* debería haber = there + ought to be.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.

* en su haber = on the credit side.

* haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.

* haber decidido = be intent on.

* haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.

* haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.

* haberes = assets, holdings.

* haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.

* haber existencias = be in stock.

* haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* haber llegado = be upon us.

* haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.

* haber nacido en = be a native of.

* haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.

* haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.

* haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* haber quórum = be quorate.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* haberse propuesto = be intent on.

* haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.

* haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.

* haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.

* haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.

* haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.

* haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.

* haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.

* haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.

* haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.

* ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.

* he = I've (I have).

* hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.

* no haber = be unavailable.

* no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.

* no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.

* no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.

* no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).

* no haber forma de = there + be + no way.

* no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.

* no haber límites = there + be + no limit.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.

* no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.

* no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.

* no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.

* no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.

* no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.

* no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.

* no haber problemas = be fine.

* no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.

* no habiendo = in the absence of.

* no hay nada como = nothing beats....

* no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* sin haber contacto = non-contact.

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* * *

haber¹ [ E17 ]

v aux

A

(en los tiempos compuestos): no han/habían llegado they haven't/hadn't arrived

como se haya olvidado lo mato if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

cuando/no bien hubo terminado ( liter); when/as soon as she had finished

¿se habrán perdido? do you think they've o they might have got lost?

no habrán tenido tiempo they probably haven't had time

¿quién hubiera pensado que llegaría tan lejos? whoever would have thought she'd get so far!

está arrepentida — ¡(que) lo hubiera pensado antes! she says she's sorry — she should have thought about it before!

yo también quería ir — ¡haberlo dicho! I wanted to go too — you should have said so!

de haberlo sabido te habría avisado had I known o if I'd known, I'd have told you

B

1 ( frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad) haber DE + INF:

el contrato ha de ser firmado por ambas partes the contract must be signed by both parties

hemos de averiguar qué sucedió we have to o must find out what happened

2 (expresando acción futura) haber DE + INF:

ha de llegar un día en que … the day will come when …

3 (expresando probabilidad, certeza) haber DE + INF:

ha de ser tarde it must be late

ya lo han de haber recibido they must have received it by now

pero ¿sabes lo que dices? — ¡no lo he de saber! but do you know what you're saying? — of course I do!

v impers

A

(existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you

ha habido un cambio/varios cambios en el programa there has been a change/there have been several changes in the program

había un cliente/tres clientes esperando there was a customer/there were three customers waiting

ayer hubo un accidente/dos accidentes there was an accident/there were two accidents yesterday

no quiero que haya discusiones I don't want there to be any arguments

¿qué van a tomar de postre? — ¿hay helado? what would you like for dessert? — do you have any ice cream?

esta vez no hubo suerte, otra vez será we were unlucky o out of luck this time, maybe next time

¿cuántos kilómetros hay de Mérida a Sevilla? how many kilometers are there o is it from Mérida to Seville?

no hay día en que no tengan una discusión not a day goes by without their having an argument

no hay como un buen descanso cuando uno se siente así there's nothing like a good rest when you're feeling like that

no hay quien lo aguante he's absolutely unbearable

hay quien piensa que es un error there are those who feel it's a mistake

hubo or ( crit) hubieron varios heridos several people were injured

habíamos sólo tres niñas ( crit); we were the only three girls, there were only three of us girls ( colloq)

[ S ] hay leche fresca fresh milk sold o on sale here

las hay rojas y amarillas también there are o you can get red ones and yellow ones too

dijo que no había problemas pero los hay she said there weren't any problems but there are

¡no hay más que hablar! there's nothing more to be said! o that's my last word (on the subject)!

gracias — no hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o it's a pleasure o you're welcome

no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about

hola ¿qué hay? ( fam); hello, how are things?

¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?

es un poco largo — ¿qué hay? ¡lo acortamos! (CS fam); it's rather long — so what? we'll shorten it

¿qué hubo? (Col, Méx fam); how are things?

¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? what happened with Jorge and Ana?

donde los/las haya: es listo/sinvergüenza donde los haya he's as clever/rotten as they come

habérselas con algn/algo: como vuelva por aquí tendrá que habérselas conmigo if he comes around here again he'll have me to deal with

habido y por haber: se conoce todos los trucos habidos y por haber she knows every trick in the book

he leído todo lo habido y por haber sobre el tema I've read absolutely everything there is to read on the subject

ser de lo que no hay ( fam): eres de lo que no hay, nunca más te confío un secreto you're the limit o you're unbelievable! I'm never going to tell you a secret again

B (ser necesario) haber QUE + INF:

va a haber que hacerlo it'll have to be done

hay que ser más optimista you/we/they must be more optimistic

hubo que tirar la puerta abajo we/they had to break the door down

me dijo que había que entregarlo el lunes he told me it had to be handed in on Monday

¡hay que ver qué genio tiene el mocito! well, well, he has got a temper, hasn't he!

¡hay que ver! ¡las cosas que uno tiene que aguantar! honestly! the things one has to put up with!

¡había que verlo allí jugando en la nieve! you should have seen him there playing in the snow!

no hay más que apretar el botón all you have to do is press the button

no hay que darle muy fuerte (no es necesario) you don't need to o you don't have to hit it too hard; (no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

C ( liter)

(en expresiones de tiempo): muchos años/mucho tiempo ha many years/a long time ago

años ha que no sé nada de él I haven't heard from him for years

vt

habido, -da

pp ( frml) (tenido): los hijos habidos fuera del matrimonio children born out of wedlock ( frml)

cuatro hijos habidos de dos padres distintos four children born of two different fathers

haber²

masculine

A (bienes) assets (pl)

varias fincas forman parte de su haber his assets include various properties

B (en contabilidad) credit side

tener algo en su haber ( period): tiene en su haber varios premios literarios he has several literary prizes to his credit

ya tiene cuatro robos en su haber he has already notched up four robberies

C haberes mpl ( frml)

(emolumentos, paga): los haberes que se le adeudan moneys o monies owed to you ( frml)

los haberes del mes de diciembre income o earnings for the month of December

* * *

haber 1 ( conjugate haber) v aux ( en tiempos compuestos) to have;
◊ no habían llegado they hadn't arrived;

de haberlo sabido had I known, if I'd known;
¡deberías haberlo dicho! you should have said so!
haber v impers (existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you;
¿hay un banco por aquí? is there a bank near here?;
hubo dos accidentes there were two accidents;
¿hay helado? do you have any ice cream?;
no hay como un buen descanso there's nothing like a good rest;
hubo varios heridos several people were injured;
las hay rojas y verdes there are red ones and green ones;
gracias — no hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome;
no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about;
¿qué hay de nuevo? (fam) what's new?;
hola ¿qué hay? (fam) hello, how are things?;
¿qué hubo? (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?
( ser necesario) haber que + inf:
◊ hay que estudiar you/we/they must study;

hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it;
no hay que lavarlo ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to wash it;

( no se debe) you mustn't wash it
haber 2 sustantivo masculino
a) ( bienes) assets (pl)

b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

c)

◊ haberes sustantivo masculino plural (frml) ( ingresos) income, earnings (pl)

haber
I verbo auxiliar
1 (en tiempos compuestos) to have: espero que no lo haya hecho, I hope he hasn't done it
lo he comido todo, I've eaten it all
lo hubiera hecho de todos modos, she would have done it anyway
II verbo impersonal
1 (existir, estar, hallarse) hay, there is o are
había, there was o were: hay poco que decir, there is little to be said
había muchísima gente en la estación, there were a lot of people in the station
hay cien metros de mi casa a la estación, it's a hundred metres from my home to the station
2 (ocurrir, suceder) la guerra que hubo en el 36, the war that took place in 36
habrá una reunión, there will be a meeting
hoy hay fiesta en el club náutico, there's a party today in the sailing club
los robos habidos en este barrio, the robberies which have been committed in this neighbourhood
III ( haber de + infinitivo) (obligación) to have to: has de ser más estudioso, you must be more studious
( haber que + infinitivo) (conveniencia, necesidad u obligación) it is necessary to: habrá que ir, we will have to go
habría que pintar el salón, we should paint the living room
hay que hacerlo, you must do it
IV nm
1 Fin credit 2 en su haber, in his possession
figurado in his favour
V mpl haberes, (bienes) assets
(salario) wages
♦ Locuciones: había una vez..., once upon a time...
no hay de qué, you're welcome o don't mention it
Hay que tener mucho cuidado al traducir este verbo, ya que el inglés diferencia entre el singular y el plural: Hay un hombre fuera. There is a man outside. Hay dos hombres fuera. There are two men outside. Había un gato en el tejado. There was a cat on the roof. Había muchos libros. There were a lot of books.
' haber' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abundar
- apencar
- comprobante
- contrapartida
- deber
- dolo
- estrechamiento
- ir
- gravedad
- llevarse
- localmente
- parecer
- perdón
- pesar
- ropa
- satisfacción
- sobrar
- tirada
- acusar
- altura
- con
- encantado
- existir
- faltar
- habrá
- hay
- he
- hube
- lo
- los
- poder
- quedar
- seguir
English:
awfully
- be
- catch
- credit side
- deny
- doghouse
- earth
- have
- hotly
- life
- limit
- party
- point-blank
- recollect
- regret
- remember
- save
- still
- thank
- there
- through
- wish
- achievement
- anticipate
- apologize
- but
- could
- expect
- further
- likely
- mean
- mercy
- might
- must
- name
- otherwise
- ought
- over
- report
- should
- sorry
- suggest
- will

* * *

haber¹

♦ v aux

1. [en tiempos compuestos] to have;

lo he/había hecho I have/had done it;

los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten;

no he estado en la India I haven't been to India;

en el estreno ha habido mucha gente there were a lot of people at the première

2. [expresa reproche]
haber venido antes you could have come a bit earlier;

¡haberlo dicho! why didn't you say so?;

haberme escuchado I told you (so), you should have listened to me;

de haberlo sabido… if only I'd known…

3. [expresa obligación]
haber de hacer algo to have to do sth;

has de estudiar más you have to study more;

he de llamarle I ought to call him;

ha de llegar un día en el que todo se arregle there's bound to come a time when everything gets sorted out;

siempre has de ser tú el que se queje you always have to be the one to complain

♦ v impersonal

1. [existir, estar]
hay there is/are;

hay un regalo para ti there's a present for you;

hay dos árboles en la plaza there are two trees on the square;

hay mucha gente en la calle there are a lot of people in the street;

había/hubo muchos problemas there were a lot of problems;

no hubo tal penalty it wasn't a penalty;

habrá dos mil [expresa futuro] there will be two thousand;
[expresa hipótesis] there must be two thousand;
los hay de distintas tallas they come in different sizes;

¿cuánto hay de aquí a Santiago? how far is it from here to Santiago?;

hay quien opina que… there are those who think that…;

es un caballero como hay pocos he's that rare thing, a real gentleman;

es un artista donde los haya he's as good an artist as you'll find;

algo habrá cuando todo el mundo habla de ello if everyone's talking about it there must be something in it;

(todo) lo habido y por haber everything under the sun;

gracias – no hay de qué thank you – don't mention it;

no hay día (en) que no haya algún accidente a day doesn't go by without there being some kind of accident;

no hay más que apretar el botón simply press the button;

no hay nada como una buena comida there's nothing like a good meal;

no hay nadie como ella there's no one like her;

no hay quien lo entienda there's no understanding him;

no hay más que hablar there is no more to be said;

¡hay que ver! well I never!;

no hay más que ver lo feliz que está you just have to see how happy she is;

¡eres de lo que no hay! you're unbelievable!

2. [expresa obligación]
hay que hacer más ejercicio one o you should do more exercise;

hay que comer para vivir we must eat in order to live;

hay que esforzarse más, Luis you need to try harder, Luis;

no hay que apretar tanto there's no need to press so hard;

creo que había que contárselo I think we ought to tell him;

¡aquello había que verlo! you should have seen it!;

habrá que soportar su mal humor we'll have to put up with his bad mood

3. Fam [en preguntas]
¿qué hay? [saludo] how are you doing?;
CSur [¿qué importa?] so (what)?, big deal!;
¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?;
CSur
está lloviendo -- ¿y qué hay?, estamos en auto it's raining -- so what? we're in the car;
CAm, Col, Méx, Ven
¿qué hubo? [saludo] how are you doing?

4. Literario [hacer]
tres meses ha que marchó it is three months since she left

♦ vt
Formal [tener]
el abuelo, que Dios haya en su gloria,… grandfather, God rest his soul,…;

los hijos habidos en el matrimonio the children from the marriage

♦ See also the pronominal verb haberse

* * *

haber

I v/aux

1 en tiempos compuestos have;

hemos llegado we’ve arrived;

lo he oído I’ve heard it;

¿la ha visto? has he seen her?

2 expresando obligación, deber

:

he de levantarme pronto I have to o I’ve got to get up early

3

:

de haberlo sabido if I’d known;

has de ver Méx you have o

ought to see it;

habérselas con alguien have it out with s.o.;

años ha lit years ago

II v/ impers

1 ( existir)

:

hay there is sg, there are pl ;

hubo un incendio there was a fire;

había mucha gente there were a lot of people;

hoy no hay clase there aren’t any lessons today, school is closed today;

ya no hay más there’s none left; there are none left;

no hay como … there’s nothing like …;

esto es de lo que no hay this is the limit!

2 expresando obligación, deber

:

hay que hacerlo it has to be done;

no hay de qué not at all, don’t mention it;

no hay más que decir there’s nothing more to be said;

no hay que pagar para entrar you don’t have to pay to go in;

no hay que hablar con la boca llena you mustn’t o shouldn’t talk with your mouth full

3

:

¿qué hay?, Méx

¿qué hubo? how’s it going?, what’s happening?;

es ingenioso donde los haya he’s as ingenious as they come

III m asset; pago fee;

tiene en su haber 50.000 pesos she’s 50,000 pesos in credit;

haberes pl ( bienes) assets; ( sueldo) salary sg

* * *

haber {39} v aux

1) : have, has

no ha llegado el envío: the shipment hasn't arrived

2)

haber de : must

ha de ser tarde: it must be late

haber v impers

1)

hay : there is, there are

hay dos mensajes: there are two messages

¿qué hay de nuevo?: what's new?

2)

hay que : it is necessary

hay que trabajar más rápido: you have to work faster

haber nm

1) : assets pl

2) : credit, credit side

3) haberes nmpl

: salary, income, remuneration

* * *

haber vb

1. (verbo auxiliar) to have

lo he hecho I've done it

¿has comido? have you eaten?

ya la había visto he'd already seen it

habían acabado they had finished

2. (existir, tener lugar) there is / there are

hay un gato en el tejado there's a cat on the roof

hay unas 40 personas there are about 40 people

hubo un accidente there was an accident

habrá una fiesta there will be a party

haber de to have to

he de salir I have to go out

haber que to have to

hay que hacer más deporte you have to do more exercise

no hay de qué you're welcome

¿qué hay? how are things?

Spanish-English dictionary > haber
8 HEILL

whole

* * *

I)

a.

1) hale, sound; illa heill, in ill health; hann sagði at þar var vel heilt, he said they were all well there; kona eigi heil, enceinte; grœða e-n at heilu, to heal one fully;

2) whole, healed, in respect of wounds or illness, with gen. (verða heill sára sinna); er um heilt bezt at binda, it is better to bind a hale than a hurt limb;

3) blessed, happy; njótið heilir handa, ‘bless your hands’, well done; kom heill! welcome, hail! far heill, farewell!

4) whole, entire; heill hleifr, a whole loaf; sjau hundruð heil, full seven hundred;

5) true, upright; ráða e-m heilt, to give one a wholesome (good) advice; af heilum hug, af heilu, sincerely; heilt ráð, wholesome advice; heil kenning, a useful, profitable lesson.

II)

n. and f. luck, omen, foreboding; góðu (illu) heilli, in a good (evil) hour; mörg eru giptusamlig heill, there are many good auspices; fall er farar heill, a fall is a good omen; hann bað þeim heill duga, he wished them good speed; heillum horfinn, forsaken by luck; ok var brugðit heillum sverðsins, the spell of the sword was broken.

* * *

1.

n. and f. [Dan. held], good luck; the gender of this word varies.

A. Neut., which seems to be the older gender, an omen, auspice, foreboding; hver’ro bözt heill (pl.), which are the best auspices? the answer, mörg eru góð heill, there are many good auspices, Skv. 2. 19, 20, cp. 22; giptusamlegt heill, a favourable omen, Al. 13; the neut., which is obsolete elsewhere, has remained in the phrases, góðu heilli (bono augurio), íllu heilli ( malo augurio), in a good, evil hour; íllu heilli bauð ek þér barnfóstr, Ísl. ii. 141; íllu heilli vartú skapað, Hom. 153; íllu heilli höfu vér hér dvalizt, Nj. 241; fórtú fá heilli heiman, with small luck, Ó. H. 107; verstu heilli, Heir. 4; góðu heilli, in a good hour, Fms. ix. 236, x. 18 (in a verse): talismans, of hidden magical runes written on ‘gumna heillum’ (on talismans?), Sdm. 16.

B. Fem. good luck, happiness:

1. plur., with the notion of being the gift of auspices or of an oracle, esp. in pl., so that the gender is dubious; fékk Ingólfr at blóti miklu ok leitaði sér heilla um forlög sín, Landn. 33; skal Þórólfr blóta ok leita heilla þeim bræðrum, Eg. 257; hefir þessi flokkr leitað sér heilla at tilvísan fjölkunnigra manna, at þeir skyldi um nætr berjask, Fms. vii. 296; Hallsteinn skaut setstokkum fyrir borð í hafi til heilla sér eptir fornum sið, Fs. 123, Landn. 34; þá skaut Steinþórr spjóti at fornum sið til heilla sér yfir flokk Snorra, Eb. 228 (an old heathen rite); þótti þat líkast til langlífis ok heilla, 126 new Ed.; ok var brugðit heillum sverðsins, the spell of the sword was broken, Korm. 84; áttú, Sigmundr, af þeim hring heillir at taka, Fær. 103.

2. esp. (also in pl.) with the personal notion of a good spirit or angel, cp. hamingja; eigi veit ek hvárt vit eigum heill saman, i. e. if we shall have luck together, of two persons having one life and one heart, Nj. 3; þótti stór heill til hans horfit hafa, Fs. 194; Leifr kvað hann enn mundu mestri heill stýra af þeim frændum, Fb. i. 538; hann bað þeim heill duga, he wished them good speed, Gullþ. 14; fær þú braut bú þitt ok vestr yfir Lagarfljót, þar er heill þín öll, Hrafn. 1; heillum horfinn, forsaken by luck, Grett. 150.

3. sayings, íllt er fyrir heill at hrapa, ’tis ill to rush on and leave one’s good luck behind, Skv. 2. 25; hátíðir eru til heilla beztar (mod. hátíð er til heilla bezt), denoting that high feasts ought to be chosen for momentous affairs, Ld. 176 (of one being christened at Yule time); fall er farar-heill, a fall is a good omen (in departing), Fms. vi. 414: the phrase, vera e-m lítil heilla-þúfa, to be a stumbling-block to one, the metaphor prob. taken from the popular lore as to mounds with hidden hoards, ek heft orðit lítil heilla þúfa um at þreifa flestum mönnum, Grett. 143.

4. in mod. usage as a term of endearment, heillin, heillin mín, dear! my dear! the address of a husband to his wife; the bride asks, hverjum ætlarðú at bjóða í veizluna okkar, hjartað mitt? the bridegroom answers, eg veil það nú ekki, heillin mín! Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 243; getrþu ekki gefið manninum hressingu, heillin? Hrólfr. 8; hann (our son) er svo kargr, heillin mín! hann nennir ekki neitt að gera, látum við strákinn stúdiera, Grönd. 72; cp. Bb. 3. 21—hún (the wife) kyssir og með klappi segir, komdú blessaðr, heillin mín!—heillin góð! is in many Icel. houses the address of the servants to the mistress: æ! hvernig getið þér nú farið að tala, heillin góð? Piltr og Stúlka, 36; sælir og blessaðir, Auðun minn! sælar og blessaðar, heillin góð! Hrólfr. 6.

COMPDS: heillabrigði, heilladrjúgr, heillalauss, heillaleysi, heillamaðr, heillaráð, heillavænligr, heillavænn.

2.

adj. [Ulf. hails = ὑγιής, ὑγιαίνων, χαιρε, etc.; A. S. hâl; Engl. hail and hale are of Scandinavian origin, whole of Saxon; O. H. G. heil; lost in mod. Germ.; Dan. heel; Swed. hel]:—whole:

I. hale, sound; ílla heill, in ill health, Hm. 68; heilir hildar til, heilir hildi frá, fara þeir heilir hvaðan, hale, unscathed, 157; heilar hendr, Gkv. 3. 10; heilar sjónir, hale eyes, Lex. Poët.; spurði Þorsteinn hvernig þar væri heilt, hann sagði at þar var vel heilt, Th. asked how they were in health, and he said that they were well, Eg. 743; heilir, opp. to sárir, Am. 56; heilan (unbroken), Hvm. 29; heill hjálmstofn, hale skull, 31; hvergi var heilt hold á líkam hans, 623. 44; græða at heilu, to cure so as to be hale and well, 655 xi. 3; Önundr var svá frækinn maðr at fáir stóðusk honum þótt heilir væri, that few men were a match for him, though they were hale and sound, Grett. 87; sjórinn var hvergi heill, the sea was nowhere hale, i. e. the waves rose high, Vígl. 22; silki-ræma heil ok ú-sökuð, Fms. iv. 110.

2. healed, of wounds, illness, in gen. pl.; verða heill sára sínna, Eg. 35; Helga dóttir bónda var þá á fouun ok heil meina sinna, 586; ok var þó eigi heill sársins, Fbr. 164.

3. phrases, gróa um heilt (see gróa), Fms. xi. 87; binda um heilt, to bind up a hale limb; er um heilt bezt at binda, ‘tis better to bind a hale than a hurt limb, Ld. 206; betra heilt en gróið, better hale than healed; með heilu ok höldnu, safe and sound, Fms. x. 376; þar skal hverr heill verða sem haltr varð, he that was halt must be made hale, a law phrase, he that has a blemish upon him must clear himself of it, N. G. L. i. 326: cp. the phrase, svelta heill hungri (mod. svelta heilu hungri), to starve, Ls. 62: a guest is asked, hvað er í fréttum, what news? to which the reply is, mannheilt og ósjúkt, all hale and ‘unsick,’ i. e. all well! eigi heil, not hale, i. e. enceinte, þú ert kona eigi heil, Fas. i. 52; húsfreyja þín er eigi heil, ok mun hón fæða meybarn, Ísl. ii. 196; Freydís vildi fylgja þeim ok varð heldr sein, því at hón var eigi heil, Þorf. Karl. 428.

4. answering to Gr. χαιρε, in exclamation; njótið heilir handa, ‘bless your hands!’ well done! Nj. 71; mæl drengja heilastr, well spoken, Fms. viii. 97; báðu hann tala konunga heilstan (i. e. cheered him), vi. 240; mæltu, at hann skyldi mæla allra höfðingja heilastr, viii. 290.

β. in greeting, Vþm. 4, 6, Sdm. 3, 4; kom heill, welcome! hail! Blas. 42; far heill, farewell! Fms. vii. 197; heill, Magnús frændi! 171; sít heill, sit hail! Glúm. 391, Fms. x. 201; heill svá! Stj. 621; heilir svá! 475; heilar svá! 124, Karl. 507; ek svá heill, by my soul! forsooth! Fms. v. 230; svá vil ek heil! Grett. 170 new Ed.; bað þá heila fara ok heila hittask, Fms. iv. 171.

5. whole, entire, Lat. integer; sjau hundruð heil, full seven hundred, Íb. 16; heil vika, 7, K. Þ. K. 102; heil dægr (opp. to half), Rb. 16; heil alin, N. G. L.; heilt ár, Bs. ii. 152.

II. metaph. true, upright; allit., heilt ráð ok heimilt, a hale and good bargain, without fraud or flaw, Grág. i. 317; með heilum fortölum, Dipl. i. 3; ráða e-m heilt, to give wholesome (good, wise) advice to one, Nj. 31, (heilræði); með heilum hug, sincerely, cp. Hm. 106; heilum sáttum, Háv. 50 new Ed., Al. 60.

β. safe; prestinum þótti eigi heilt at setja hann annat sinn undir sama váða, Fms. x. 417.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HEILL
9 potere

1. v/i can, be able to

non posso andare I can't go

non ho potuto farlo I couldn't do it, I was unable to do it

posso fumare? do you mind if I smoke?

formale may I smoke?

può essere perhaps, maybe

può darsi perhaps, maybe

2. m power

potere d'acquisto purchasing power

essere al potere be in power

* * *

potere v.servile

1 (possibilità materiale o dipendente dalla capacità del sogg.) can (indic. e cong.pres.); could (indic. e cong.pass., cond.); to be* able: puoi venire quando vuoi, you can come when you like; può frequentare qualsiasi tipo di scuola, he can attend any kind of school; posso camminare per ore senza stancarmi, I can walk for hours without getting tired; non possiamo andare avanti così, we can't go on like this; non sempre si può fare ciò che si vuole, you can't always do what you like; come puoi pensare una cosa simile?, how can (o could) you think such a thing?; che cosa posso fare per te?, what can I do for you?; non poteva fare di più, he couldn't do any more; faremo quello che potremo, we'll do what we can; non potrà giocare perché si è infortunato, he can't play (o he won't be able to play) because he's been injured; stanotte non ho potuto dormire, I couldn't (o I wasn't able to) sleep last night; a quel punto, non potevano fare più nulla, at that point there was no more they could do (o they couldn't do anything else); non potè dire altro, he couldn't say anything else; come hai potuto farmi un torto simile?, how could you do this to me?; non può aver detto questo, he can't have said that; potrebbe tornare più tardi?, could you come back later?; potresti farmi un favore?, could you do me a favour?; ti aiuterei se potessi, I would help you if I could; se l'avessi saputo prima, avrei potuto aiutarti, if I'd known it before, I could have helped you; potevi almeno telefonarmi, you could at least have phoned me; in quella situazione che altro potevo fare?, what else could I have done in that situation?; potendo, lascerei la città e andrei a vivere in campagna, I'd leave the city and go and live in the country, if I could (o if I could, I'd leave...); non avendo potuto parlargli, gli lasciai un messaggio, not having been able (o having been unable) to speak to him, I left him a message; prometto di fare tutto ciò che posso, I promise I'll do all I can (o I'll do my best); vorrei poterti aiutare, I wish I could help you

2 ( possibilità dipendente dalla volontà altrui) may (indic. e cong. pres.), might (indic.pass. nel discorso indiretto e cond.) ( entrambe le forme sono spesso sostituite nell'uso corrente da can, could, to be* able); to be* allowed, to be* permitted: posso fumare?, may I smoke (o is it all right if I smoke?); non si può fumare nei locali pubblici, smoking is not allowed (o permitted) in public places; se posso esprimere un parere..., if I may express an opinion...; posso farle una domanda?, may (o can) I ask you a question?; ''Possiamo entrare?'' ''No, è vietato l'ingresso al pubblico'', ''May (o Can) we come (o go) in?'' ''No, members of the public are not allowed to enter (o are not admitted o form. may not enter)''; potete pagare in contanti o in assegno, you can (o may) pay cash or by cheque; gli interessati possono presentare domanda di trasferimento, those concerned (o interested) may request a transfer; non puoi vedere quel film, è vietato ai minori, you can't see (o you aren't allowed to see) that film, it's an X certificate; non ci si può comportare così!, you can't (o you mustn't) behave like that!; chiese se poteva vederlo, he asked if he could (o form. might o might be permitted to) see him; disse che potevamo usare la sua macchina fotografica, he said we could (o form. might) use his camera; non abbiamo potuto passare dal centro perché era chiuso al traffico, we couldn't (o we were unable to o not allowed to) go through the centre, because it was closed to traffic; nessuno potrà assentarsi senza autorizzazione, no one can leave without permission; i certificati si possono ritirare solo in orario d'ufficio, certificates can (o may) only be collected during office hours; non puoi dire questo!, you can't (o you mustn't) say that!; non può che essere un errore, it must be a mistake; non può non rendersi conto che..., he must realise that...; non posso fare a meno di ammettere che..., I must (o have to) admit that... ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in questo significato l'uso di may, might è più formale di can, could; in espressioni negative con valore enfatico viene spesso usato must

3 ( per esprimere eventualità) may, might; can, could; ( probabilità) to be* likely; to be* possible: posso, potrei sbagliarmi, I may, could (o might) be wrong; potresti aver ragione, you may (o could) be right; potrebbe arrivare domani, ma ne dubito, he might (o could) arrive tomorrow, but I doubt it; tutti possono sbagliare, anyone can make a mistake; potrei non giungere in tempo, I might not arrive in time; potrebbe esserci un errore, there might (o could) be a mistake; può essere utile sapere che..., it may help to know that...; può, potrebbe piovere, it may, might (o could) rain (o it's likely to rain); potevano essere circa le 3, it could (o might) have been about 3 o'clock; potrà sembrarti buffo, ma io la ritengo una cosa seria, you may (o might) think it's funny, but I think it's serious; ''Che cosa può essergli successo?'' ''Potrebbe aver perso il treno'', ''What can have happened to him?'' ''He may (o might) have missed the train''; cosa pensi che possa accadere?, what do you think is likely to (o might o could) happen?; chi potrebbe essere a quest'ora?, who could it be at this hour?; non è escluso che possa ancora vincere, he may (o might o could) still win // può essere, può darsi, maybe: ''Mi sembri di cattivo umore, oggi'' ''Può essere'', ''You look as if you're in a bad mood today'' ''Maybe''; ''Ti vedrò stasera?'' ''Può darsi'', ''Shall I see you this evening?'' ''Maybe'' // può darsi che, may (costr. pers.); maybe: può darsi che ti abbia scritto, maybe he has (o he may have) written to you; potrebbe darsi che avesse perso l'indirizzo, maybe he had (o he may have) lost the address; poteva darsi che non avesse capito, maybe he hadn't understood (o he may not have understood)

4 (al cong., per esprimere augurio o forte desiderio) may, might; could: ( che) possiate essere felici!, may you be happy!; possa egli vivere cent'anni!, may he live a hundred years!; potessimo stare un po' tranquilli!, if only we might have a bit of peace!; ( magari) potessi aiutarlo!, if only I could help him!

5 (al cond., per esprimere consiglio o esortazione) might, could: potresti almeno rispondere quando ti parlo!, you could (o might) at least answer when I speak to you!; avrebbe potuto per lo meno ringraziare!, he might (o could) at least have said thank you; potrebbero essere più gentili!, they might (o could) be more polite!; non era una prova facile, ma avresti potuto almeno tentare!, it wasn't an easy test, but you could (o might) at least have tried!

◆ v.tr. (avere potere, forza, influenza) to have an influence, to have an effect (on): l'esempio di un padre può molto sui figli, a father's example has a great influence on his children; le mie parole hanno potuto assai poco, my words had little effect // è uno che può, ( che ha denaro) he is a man of means; ( che ha potere) he's got a lot of pull.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: a più non posso, all out: stava lavorando a più non posso, he was working all out // non ne posso più, ( sono sfinito) I'm exhausted, ( sono al limite della sopportazione) I'm at the end of my tether (o I can't take any more); non ne posso più di quell'uomo, I can't put up with that man any longer (o I've had enough of that man) // volere è potere, where there's a will there's a way // si salvi chi può, every man for himself // non posso fare a meno di pensare che..., I can't help thinking that... // non posso fare a meno di lui, I can't do without him; ( mi è indispensabile nel lavoro) I can't spare him // non posso farci niente, I can't help it (o I can't do anything about it) // non possiamo permetterci quel viaggio, we can't afford that trip // portane più che puoi, bring as much (o as many) as you can; vieni più in fretta che puoi, come as fast as you can; vieni più presto che puoi, come as soon as you can.

potere s.m.

1 power (anche fig.): potere assoluto, absolute power: avere potere assoluto su un popolo, to hold complete sway over a people; potere esecutivo, legislativo, executive, legislative power; potere centrale, periferico, central, local authority; la divisione del potere in uno stato democratico, the division of power in a democratic state; conflitto di potere tra l'autorità giudiziaria e quella politica, power struggle between the courts and the political authorities; i poteri governativi, governmental powers; il potere temporale del Papa, the temporal power of the Pope; abuso di potere, abuse of power; sete di potere, thirst for power; non ho il potere di decidere su questo punto, I have no power to decide on this point; ho il potere di scegliere ciò che voglio, I have the power to choose what I want; non ho potere su di loro, I have no power over them; avere poteri magici, to have magic powers // al potere, in power: i militari sono al potere, the military are in power; rimanere al potere, to remain in power; si impadronì del potere con un colpo di stato, he came into power through a coup d'état; la sua ascesa al potere fu rapida, his rise to power was rapid; salì al potere nel 1731, he rose to power in 1731; perse il potere nel 1930, he lost power in 1930 // in mio, tuo potere, in my, your power: cadde in suo potere, he fell into his power (o into his hands); la città è caduta in potere del nemico, the city fell into enemy hands; potere decisionale, decision-making power // potere operaio, workers' power // Quarto Potere, ( la stampa) Fourth Estate // Quinto Potere, ( la radio e la televisione) the broadcasting media (o the networks) // (econ.): potere contrattuale, bargaining power; potere di spesa, spending power; potere d'acquisto, purchasing (o buying) power; potere monopolistico, monopoly power; potere economico, economic power; potere di contrarre debiti, borrowing power // (fin.): potere finanziario, financial power; potere liberatorio, ( della moneta) debt-paying power

2 (spec. pl.) ( potestà, diritti) powers: i poteri di un ministro, the powers of a minister: dare, conferire a qlcu. il potere di fare qlco., to give s.o. the authority (o the power) to do sthg.; vorrei definire i miei poteri, I should like to define my powers // pieni poteri, full powers; ambasciatore con pieni poteri, (ambassador) plenipotentiary; agire con, avere pieni poteri, to act, to be invested with full powers; nell'azienda gode di pieni poteri, he has full control over the company; dare, conferire pieni poteri, to grant full powers: dare, conferire pieni poteri a qlcu. di fare qlco., to empower s.o. to do sthg.

3 ( possibilità) power, possibility; ( capacità) power, capacity: non ha il potere di agire in altro modo, he isn't able to act in any other way

4 (fis.) power: potere assorbente, dispersivo, absorbent, dispersive power; potere calorifico, heating power; potere emissivo, emittance; potere rotatorio, rotatory power

5 ( influenza) influence, sway: ha un grande potere su di me, he has great influence over me; le tue parole non hanno potere su di me, what you say has no effect on me (o form. your words have no power over me).

* * *
I [po'tere] sm
(gen) power

una lotta per il potere — a power struggle

avere il potere di fare qc — (capacità) to have the power o ability to do sth, (autorità) to have the authority o power to do sth

ha il potere di rovinare sempre tutto — he always manages to ruin everything

il quarto potere — (stampa) the fourth estate

non ho nessun potere su di lui — I have no power o influence over him

essere al potere Pol — to be in power o in office

- potere d'acquisto

- potere esecutivo
II [po'tere]
1. vb irreg aus nei tempi composti prende l'ausiliare del verbo che accompagna

1) (possibilità, capacità) can, (sogg : persona) can, to be able to

non posso venire — I can't come

non è potuto venire — he couldn't come, he was unable to come

potresti aprire la finestra? — could you open the window?

non potrò venire domani — I won't be able to come tomorrow

dovresti potercela fare da solo — you should be able to do it by yourself

non potrà mai farlo da solo — he'll never be able to do it alone

non ho potuto farlo — I couldn't o wasn't able o was unable to do it

come hai potuto fare una cosa simile? — how could you do a thing like that?

a più non posso — (correre) as fast as one can, (urlare) as loud as one can

2) (permesso) can, may

posso? — may I?

posso entrare? — can o may I come in?

potrei parlarti? — could I have a word with you?

si può sapere dove sei stato? — where on earth have you been?

si può visitare il castello tutti i giorni dell'anno — you can visit the castle any day of the year

3)

(eventualità) può anche esser vero — it may o might o could even be true

può aver avuto un incidente — he may have had an accident

può darsi che non venga — he may not o might not come

può essere che non voglia — he may not o might not want to

può accadere di tutto — anything can happen

potrebbe avere trent'anni — he must be about thirty

si può fare — it can be done

può darsi — perhaps

pensi di andarci? - può darsi — do you think you'll go? - perhaps

4)

(augurio) potessimo trovare un po' di pace! — if only we could get a little peace!

5)

(rimprovero) potresti almeno ringraziare! — you could o might at least say thank you!

avresti potuto dirmelo! — you could o might have told me!

2. vt irreg

puoi molto per me — you can do a lot for me

non ha potuto niente — he could do nothing

non ne posso più! — I can't take any more!

* * *
I [po'tere]
verbo modale (the use of the auxiliary essere or avere in compound tenses depends on the verb in the infinitive that follows)

1) (riuscire, essere in grado di) can, to be* able to

puoi sollevare questa scatola? — can you lift this box?

non potrà venire — he won't be able to come

non appena potrò — as soon as I can

se potrò permettermelo, comprerò una macchina — if I can afford it, I'll buy a car

potevo appena respirare — I could hardly breathe

potrebbe fare (di) meglio — he could do better

avrebbe potuto farlo — she could have done it

non posso farci niente — there's nothing I can do about that

faccio quello che posso — I'm doing my best

per quel che posso — insofar as I can

non ne posso più — I've had it

non ne posso più di tutta questa storia — I'm fed up with the whole business

2) (per esprimere possibilità) can, may; (più remota) could, might; (per esprimere probabilità, opportunità) may, to be* likely; (più remota) might

chiunque può iscriversi — anyone can enrol

non puoi averlo dimenticato! — you can't have forgotten!

potrebbe essere Andy — it may be Andy; (meno probabile) it might be Andy

può essere stato Jim — it may have been Jim

potrebbe essere che... — it could be that...

potrei sbagliarmi — I could be wrong

potrebbe capitare che io parta — I could o might leave

puoi sempre cambiarlo — you can always change it

potevano essere state le sei — it was probably about six o'clock

non può non vincere — he's bound to win

può darsi — maybe, perhaps, possibly

può darsi che sia così, ma... — that's as may be, but...

può darsi che i prezzi aumentino — prices may o might rise

"vieni?" - "può darsi" — "will you come" - "I might"

3) (per esprimere permesso, autorizzazione) can, to be* allowed to, may form.

posso entrare? — may I come in?

posso usare la tua auto? — can I use your car?

gli studenti non possono uscire dall'edificio senza autorizzazione — pupils can't o may not leave o are not allowed to leave the school without permission

si può fumare qui? — is smoking allowed here?

4) (nelle richieste) can; (più cortese) would, could

puoi farmi un favore? — can you do me a favour?

potrei parlare con John? — could I speak to John?

potreste fare silenzio, per favore? — would you please be quiet?

5) (nelle offerte) can

posso darti una mano? — can I give you a hand?

che cosa posso fare per lei? — what can I do for you?

6) (per suggerire, dare un consiglio) can, could

potremmo andare al cinema stasera — we could go to the cinema tonight

puoi comprargli una camicia — you can buy him a shirt

7) (essere nella condizione, posizione di) can

non si può certo biasimarla — one can hardily blame her

non può non o che accettare he has no option but to accept; (per esprimere rimprovero) come hai potuto! how could you! avrebbero potuto o potevano avvertirci they could have warned us; non potevi dirmelo subito? why couldn't you have told me that right away? why didn't you tell me that right away? (per esprimere sorpresa) che può mai volere da me? — what can she possibly want from me?

8) (in espressioni ellittiche)

una persona che può — (che ha denaro) a person of means; (che ha potere) a very influential person

lui può — iron. he's got a lot of pull

9) (in espressioni di augurio)

possa la vostra vita essere felice — may you live happily

10) a più non posso [ correre] as fast as one can; [ lavorare] as hard as one can, flat out; [ mangiare] as much as one can; [ gridare] at the top of one's voice

••

volere è potere — prov. where there's a will, there's a way
II [po'tere]
sostantivo maschile

1) (capacità) ability, capability, power

avere il potere di fare — to be able to do

-i magici, soprannaturali — magic, supernatural powers

2) (influenza, autorità) power (su over)

la tiene in suo potere — he's got her in his power

esercitare un potere su qcn. — to hold sway over sb.

non avere nessun potere su qcn. — to have no power o influence over sb.

non ho il potere di prendere una decisione simile — I'm not the one who decides

3) pol. power

potere assoluto — absolute power

gioco di potere — power game

essere al potere — to be in power

prendere o assumere il potere to take power; rimanere al potere to stay in power; dare pieni -i a qcn. to give sb. full powers; avere pieni -i to have all powers; il quarto potere the fourth estate; il quinto potere — = the broadcasting media

•

potere d'acquisto — purchasing o spending power

potere esecutivo — executive power

potere giudiziario — judiciary

potere legislativo — legislative power

- i straordinari — emergency power

* * *

potere²

/po'tere/

sostantivo m.

1 (capacità) ability, capability, power; avere il potere di fare to be able to do; -i magici, soprannaturali magic, supernatural powers

2 (influenza, autorità) power (su over); la tiene in suo potere he's got her in his power; esercitare un potere su qcn. to hold sway over sb.; non avere nessun potere su qcn. to have no power o influence over sb.; non ho il potere di prendere una decisione simile I'm not the one who decides

3 pol. power; potere assoluto absolute power; gioco di potere power game; essere al potere to be in power; prendere o assumere il potere to take power; rimanere al potere to stay in power; dare pieni -i a qcn. to give sb. full powers; avere pieni -i to have all powers; il quarto potere the fourth estate; il quinto potere = the broadcasting media

COMPOUNDS

potere d'acquisto purchasing o spending power; potere esecutivo executive power; potere giudiziario judiciary; potere legislativo legislative power; - i straordinari emergency power.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > potere
10 पर _para

पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optional- ly like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)

1 Other, differ- ent, another; see पर m also.

-2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4.

-3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158.

-4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31.

-5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42.

-9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27.

-7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.).

-8 Alien, estranged, stranger.

-9 Hostile, inimical, adverse,

-1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred.

-11 Final, last.

-12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest ob- ject, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c.

-रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also.

-2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21.

-3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8.

-रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point.

-2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16.

-3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19.

-4 The secondary meaning of a word.

-5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट).

-6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-- The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbi- ally; e. g. (a) परम्

1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17.

-2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c.

-3 thereupon, there- after.

-4 but, however.

-5 otherwise.

-6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c.

-7 most willingly.

-8 only.

-9 at the utmost. (b) परेण

1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2.

-2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49.

-3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे

1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73.

-2 in future.

-Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body.

-अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva.

-अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11.

-अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.

-अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness.

-अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119.

-अन्तः final death. (

-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people.

-अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a frontier.

-अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6.

-अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (

-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12.

- अपर a.

1 far and near, remote and proximate.

-2 prior and posterior.

-3 before and beyond, earlier and later.

-4 higher and lower, best and worst. (

-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (

-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with 1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8.

-अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1.

-अमृतम् rain.

- अयण (अयन) a.

1 attached or devoted to, adhering to.

-2 depending on, subject to.

-3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c.

-4 connected with.

-5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4.

-6 leading or conducive to.

-(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12.

-2 essence, sum.

-3 Ved. going away, departure, exit.

-4 firm devotion.

-5 a universal medicine, panacea.

-6 a religious order.

-अर्थ a.

1 having another aim or meaning.

-2 intended or designed for another, done for another.

(-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advan- tage.

-2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29.

-3 the chief or highest meaning.

-4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse).

-5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9.

-6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3.

-7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute.

-अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (

-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another.

-अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6.

-2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S.

-अर्धक a. One half of anything.

-अर्ध्य a.

1 being on the farther side or half.

-2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br.

-3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45.

-4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1.

-5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58.

-6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64.

(-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum.

-2 an infinite number.

- अवर a.

1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23.

-2 earlier and later.

-3 prior and posterior or subsequent.

-4 higher and lower.

-5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15.

-6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (

-रा) descendants.

(-रम्) 1 cause and effect.

-2 the whole extent of an idea.

-3 the universe.

-4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5.

-अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12.

-अहः the next day.

-अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day.

-आगमः attack of an enemy.

-आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (

-तः) a slave.

-आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.

-आयत्त a.

1 depend- ent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4.

-2 Wholly subdued or over- whelmed by.

-आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12.

-आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-आश्रय a. dependent upon another.

(-यः) 1 dependence upon another.

-2 the retreat of enemies. (

-या) a plant growing on another tree.

-आसङ्गः dependence upon another.

-आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber.

- इतर a.

1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind.

-2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14.

-ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-इष्टिः N. of Brahman.

-इष्टुका a cow which has often calved.

-उत्कर्षः another's prosperity.

-उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo.

-उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्.

-उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others.

-उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13.

-उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्.

-उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy.

-उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging.

-ऊढा another's wife.

-एधित a. fostered or brought up by another.

(-तः) 1 a servant.

-2 the (Indian) cuckoo.

-कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant.

-कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116.

-कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art).

-कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1.

-कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः

1 a benevolent man.

-2 a slave, servant.

-काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later.

-कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26.

-क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants.

-क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic.

-क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body.

-2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49.

-3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175.

-गामिन् a.

1 being with another.

-2 relating to another.

-3 beneficial to another.

-गुण a. beneficial to another. (

-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78.

-ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articu- lation.

-ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3.

-चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy.

-2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v.

-3 a hostile prince.

-छन्द a. dependent.

(-दः) 1 the will of another.

-2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another.

-छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.

-ज a.

1 stranger.

-2 coming from a foe.

-3 inferior.

-जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9.

-जन्मन् n. a future birth.

-जात a.

1 born of another.

-2 dependent on another for livelihood. (

-तः) a servant.

-जित a.

1 conquered by another.

-2 main- tained by another. (

-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo.

-तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.

-तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्).

-तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bib- liotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक.

-तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife.

-तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect.

-दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery.

-दारिन् m. an adulterer.

-दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13.

-देवता the Supreme Being.

-देशः a hostile or foreign country.

-देशिन् m. a foreigner.

-द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical.

-धनम् another's property.

-धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.

-2 another's duty or business.

-3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97.

-ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P.

-निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c.

-निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.).

-पक्षः the side or party of an enemy.

-पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence.

-2 final beati- tude.

-परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22.

-हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3.

-परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others.

-पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house.

-पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥

-पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112.

-पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh.

-पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero.

-पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger.

-2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu.

-3 the hus- band of another woman.

-पुष्ट a.

1 fed or nourished by another.

-2 Stranger. (

-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree.

-पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo.

-2 a parasitical plant.

-3 a harlot, prostitute.

-पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163.

-प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son.

-प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ).

-प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave.

-ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7).

-भागः 1 another's share.

-2 superior merit.

-3 good fortune, prosperity.

-4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15.

-5 the last part, remainder.

-भाव a. loving another.

-भावः the being second member in a compound.

-भाषा a foreign tongue.

-भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P.

-भूत a. following, subsequent (as words).

-भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo).

-भृत a. nourished by another.

-भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nouri- shed by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1.

-भतम् 1 another's opinion.

-2 dif- ferent opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy.

-मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another.

-मृत्युः a crow.

-रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18.

-लोकः the next (or fur- ture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38.

-वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, depen- dent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्.

-वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3.

-वाणिः 1 a judge.

-2 a year.

-3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya.

-वादः 1 rumour, report.

-2 Objection, controversy.

-वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist.

-वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being.

-व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.

-शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1.

-श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow.

-संगत a.

1 asso- ciated with another.

-2 fighting with another.

-संज्ञकः the soul.

-सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.).

-सात् ind. into the hands of an- other. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage.

-सेवा service of another.

-स्त्री another's wife.

-स्वम् another's pro- perty; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property.

-हन् a. killing enemies.

-हित a.

1 benevolent.

-2 profitable to another.

-तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पर _para
11 giù

down

( sotto) below

( da basso) downstairs

andar giù go down

fig non mi va giù it sticks in my throat

fig essere giù be down or depressed

di salute be run down

mandar giù swallow ( also fig)

un po' più in giù a bit lower down

su e giù up and down

da Roma in giù south of Rome

* * *

giù avv.

1 (moto, direzione) down; (dabbasso, al piano inferiore) downstairs: puoi venire giù un momento?, can you come down (o downstairs) a moment?; vado giù a prendere il giornale, I'm going down for a newspaper; andate giù in treno o in macchina?, are you going down by train or (by) car?; scendi giù subito da quella scala!, come down from that ladder at once!; metti giù quel coltello!, put that knife down!; devo portare giù le valigie?, shall I bring the cases down (o downstairs)?; buttami giù la chiave per favore!, throw the key down to me, please!; potresti tirarmi giù quel libro dallo scaffale?, could you get that book down from the shelf for me?; l'ho mandato giù in cantina a prendere il vino, I've sent him down to the cellar to get the wine; il vento ha fatto cadere giù l'antenna, the wind has blown the aerial down; non osavo guardare giù da quell'altezza, I didn't dare to look down from that height; la pioggia veniva giù a fiumi, the rain came (o was coming) down in torrents; il prezzo della benzina non accenna ad andare giù, the price of petrol shows no sign of going down // non manda giù un boccone da due giorni, he hasn't eaten a thing (o he hasn't had a bite to eat) for two days // su e giù, up and down; (avanti e indietro) to and fro: correre su e giù per le scale, to run up and down the stairs; camminava nervosamente su e giù per il corridoio, he paced nervously up and down the corridor; è un periodo che continua ad andare su e giù da Roma a Milano, he keeps having to go to and fro between Rome and Milan at the moment // giù per, down: giù per la collina, down the hill; presa dal panico, si precipitò giù per le scale, she rushed downstairs in a panic; i capelli le scendevano (giù) sulle spalle, her hair flowed over her shoulders (o down her back) // Con uso rafforzativo: la pineta si estendeva giù giù fino in fondo valle, the pinewood stretched all the way down to the bottom of the valley; studieremo il pensiero dei maggiori filosofi da Aristotele giù giù fino a Cartesio, we shall study the major philosophers from Aristotle (all the way) down to Descartes

2 (posizione, situazione) down (anche fig.); (al piano inferiore) downstairs: il taxi è giù che aspetta, the taxi is waiting for you downstairs (o down below); i bambini sono giù a giocare in giardino, the children are playing down in the garden; c'era un mucchio di gente giù nella piazza, there were heaps of people down in the square; i calzini sono giù nell'ultimo cassetto, the socks are down in the bottom drawer; ''Volete salire?'' ''No, grazie, ti aspettiamo giù'', ''Would you like to come up?'' ''No, thanks, we'll wait for you downstairs''; ''Sa dirmi dov'è la fermata dell'autobus?'' ''é giù in fondo a questa strada'', ''Can you tell me where the bus stop is?'' ''It's down at the end of this street''; qui c'è l'albergo; un po' più giù c'è l'ufficio postale, the hotel's here, and the post office is a bit further down; a causa dello sciopero, molti negozi avevano le saracinesche giù, on account of the strike many of the shops had their shutters down

3 in giù, down, downward (s) (anche fig.): guardare in giù, to look down (wards); è caduto a testa in giù, he fell head downward (s); il cadavere giaceva a faccia in giù sul pavimento, the corpse lay face downwards on the floor; era tutto fradicio dalle ginocchia in giù, he was wet through from the knees down (wards); sono tutti ragazzi dai 13 anni in giù, they are all aged from 13 downward (s); il traffico è scorrevole solo da Firenze in giù, the traffic's moving smoothly only from Florence down (wards); la norma si applica a tutto il personale, dal più alto dirigente in giù, the rule applies to all staff, from the managing director down.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: giù!, (a cuccia!) down!; giù le mani!, hands off!; giù la maschera!, come clean! (o tell the truth!) // e giù botte!, what a hiding! // e giù acqua!, (di pioggia a dirotto) what a downpour! // la cosa non mi va giù, non la mando giù, I won't stand for it! // su per giù, giù di lì, more or less: avrà su per giù trent'anni, she must be more or less thirty; saranno state un centinaio di persone o giù di lì, there must have been about a hundred people; da qui alla stazione ci sarà un chilometro o giù di lì, from here to the station it must be about half a mile // giù da quelle parti, somewhere round there // avere giù la voce, to have lost one's voice // essere giù di morale, to be depressed, (fam.) to be down in the dumps // Per andare giù, buttare giù, mandare giù ecc. → anche andare, buttare, mandare ecc.

* * *
[dʒu]
avverbio

1) (in basso) down

tirare giù qcs. — to pull down sth.

più giù — further down

2) (sotto) downstairs

abita un piano più giù — he lives a floor below

il vino è giù in cantina — the wine is down in the cellar

3) (come rafforzativo)

dal primo giù giù fino all'ultimo — from the first (down) to the last

4) in giù down(wards)

guardare in giù — to look down(wards)

dalla vita in giù — from the waist down(wards)

dai 5 anni in giù — from 5 and under

a testa in giù — [cadere, tuffarsi] face downwards

5) giù per

giù per la collina, le scale — down the hill, the stairs

6) giù di lì thereabouts, more or less

deve avere sessant'anni o giù di lì — he must be about sixty

7) su e giù (in alto e in basso) up and down; (avanti e indietro) up and down, to and fro

andare su e giù per il corridoio — to pace o walk up and down the corridor

••

giù le mani o le zampe colloq.! get your hands off me! giù la maschera! no more pretending now! e giù botte then all hell let loose o broke out; essere giù di morale o di corda to feel down o low o down-in-the-mouth; ci va giù deciso — (a parole) he doesn't pull his punches; (coi fatti) he doesn't do things by halves

* * *

giù

/dʒu/

avverbio

1 (in basso) down; tirare giù qcs. to pull down sth.; più giù further down

2 (sotto) downstairs; abita un piano più giù he lives a floor below; il vino è giù in cantina the wine is down in the cellar

3 (come rafforzativo) dal primo giù giù fino all'ultimo from the first (down) to the last

4 in giù down(wards); guardare in giù to look down(wards); dalla vita in giù from the waist down(wards); dai 5 anni in giù from 5 and under; a testa in giù [cadere, tuffarsi] face downwards

5 giù per giù per la collina, le scale down the hill, the stairs

6 giù di lì thereabouts, more or less; deve avere sessant'anni o giù di lì he must be about sixty

7 su e giù (in alto e in basso) up and down; (avanti e indietro) up and down, to and fro; andare su e giù per il corridoio to pace o walk up and down the corridor

IDIOMS

giù le mani o le zampe colloq. get your hands off me! giù la maschera! no more pretending now! e giù botte then all hell let loose o broke out; essere giù di morale o di corda to feel down o low o down-in-the-mouth; ci va giù deciso (a parole) he doesn't pull his punches; (coi fatti) he doesn't do things by halves.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > giù
12 ब्रह्मन् _brahman

ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]

1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.

-2 A hymn of praise.

-3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.

-4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.

-5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.

-6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.

-7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.

-8 Religious penance or austerities.

-9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.

-1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.

-11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.

-12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.

-13 Wealth.

-14 Food.

-15 A Brāhmaṇa.

-16 Truth.

-17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.

-18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.

-19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.

-2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.

1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]

-2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.

-3 A devout man.

-4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.

-5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.

-6 The sun.

-7 Intellect.

-8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.

-9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.

-1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.

-11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.

-1 Of Śiva.

-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.

-अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.

-2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).

-अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.

-2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.

-अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

-अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.

-अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.

-अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.

-अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.

-अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.

-अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.

-2 N. of a forest.

-अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.

-2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.

-3 N. of a spell.

-4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.

-अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.

-आत्मभूः a horse.

-आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.

-आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.

-आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.

-आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.

-आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.

-आहुतिः f.

1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.

-2 the study of the Vedas.

-उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).

-उत्तर a.

1 treating principally of Brahman.

-2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.

-उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.

-उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.

-ऋषिः (

ब्रह्मर्षिः or

ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).

-ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.

-कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-करः a tax paid to the priestly class.

-कर्मन् n.

1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.

-कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).

-कल्पः an age of Brahman.

-काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.

-काष्ठः the mulberry tree.

-किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.

-कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.

-कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.

-कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.

-गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.

-गिरिः N. of a mountain.

-गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.

-गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.

-गोलः the universe.

-गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).

-ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.

-2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.

-ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,

-राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).

-ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.

-घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.

-घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.

-घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.

-2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).

-घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.

-चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.

-2 N. of a magical circle.

-चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.

-2 religious study, self-restraint.

-3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (

-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (

-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.

-चारिकम् the life of a religious student.

-चारिन् a.

1 studying the Vedas.

-2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.

-2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 of Skanda.

-चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.

-2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.

-जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-जन्मन् n.

1 spirtual birth.

-2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.

-जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.

-जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.

-जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.

-ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.

-ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.

(-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.

-ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.

-ज्योतिस् n.

1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.

-तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.

-तालः (in music) a kind of measure.

-तेजस् n.

1 the glory of Brahman.

-2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.

-दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.

-दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.

-2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.

-5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.

-दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).

-दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.

-2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.

-दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.

-2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.

-3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.

-दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.

-दारुः the mulberry tree.

-दिनम् a day of Brahman.

-दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.

-देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (

-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.

(-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.

-2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.

-दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.

-द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.

-द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.

1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).

-2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.

-द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.

-धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.

-नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.

-2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.

-निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (

-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.

-नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.

-पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.

-पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.

-परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.

-पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.

-पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.

-पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.

-पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.

-पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.

-2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.

(-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.

-2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (

-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.

-2 the body; Ch. Up.

-पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).

-2 N. of Benares.

-पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

-पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).

-प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.

-प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.

-बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.

-बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.

-2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.

-बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.

-बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.

-2 the mulberry tree.

-ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.

-भवनम् the abode of Brahman.

-भागः 1 the mulberry tree.

-2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.

-भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit

-भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.

-भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.

-भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.

-भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.

-भूतिः f. twilight.

-भूमिजा a kind of pepper.

-भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.

-2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.

-भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.

-मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.

-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.

-मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.

-मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.

-मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.

-मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.

-मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मेखलः the Munja plant.

-यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)

-योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.

-योनि a.

1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (

-निः) f.

1 original source in Brahman.

-2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.

-रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.

-रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.

-राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.

-रवः muttering of prayers.

-रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.

-रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.

-रात्रः early dawn.

-रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)

-राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.

-2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.

-3 a particular constellation.

-रीतिः f. a kind of brass.

-रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.

-लोकः the world of Brahman.

-लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.

-वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.

-वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.

-वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.

-वर्चस् n.,

-वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.

-2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.

-वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.

-वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.

-वर्धनम् copper.

-वाच् f. the sacred text.

-वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.

-वादिन् m.

1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.

-2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (

-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.

-वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.

-विद्, -विद a.

1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.

-विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.

-विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.

-विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.

-विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.

-वीणा a particular Vīṇā.

-वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.

-2 the Udumbara tree.

-वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.

-वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.

-वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.

-2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.

-3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).

-4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.

-वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.

-वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas

-व्रतम् a vow of chastity.

-शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).

-शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.

-2 a place for reciting the Vedas.

-शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.

-2 a command of Brahman.

-3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.

-4 instruction about sacred duty.

-शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.

-श्री N. of a Sāman.

-संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.

-संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.

-सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.

-2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.

-3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.

-सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.

-सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.

-सभा the hall or court of Brahman.

-संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (

-वः) N. of Nārada.

-सर्पः a kind of snake.

-सवः distillation of Soma.

-सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.

-सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.

-सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.

-सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.

-2 a kind of Ketu.

-सुवर्चला f.

1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).

-2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.

-सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.

-2 N. of the god of love.

-सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.

-2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.

-सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.

-सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.

-स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.

-स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.

-स्थानः the mulberry tree.

-स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.

-स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.

-हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.

-हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.

-हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > ब्रह्मन् _brahman
13 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
14 gå

4

идти́, ходи́ть; отправля́ться

tóget går (klókken seks) — по́езд отхо́дит (в шесть часо́в)

úret går — часы́ иду́т

gå på besǿg — ходи́ть в го́сти

hvordán går det dig [Dem]? — как твои́ [ва́ши] дела́?, как пожива́ете?

det går godt — (дела́ иду́т) хорошо́!

gå i skóle — ходи́ть в шко́лу

gå på árbejde — ходи́ть на рабо́ту

gå (en)tur — прогуля́ться, соверши́ть прогу́лку

* * *

elapse, extend, go, march, on, play, reach, roll, run, strike, tread, walk

* * *

vb (gik, gået) go;

( gå på sine ben) walk;

( om tid) go, pass, go by;

( spilles, opføres) be on ( fx there is a good film on at the Palladium), run ( fx the play ran for six months; is that film still running?),

(mere F) be played, be performed;

( sælges) sell, be sold;

(gram.: bøjes) go, be inflected;

( være passende) do;

( rækkes fra hånd til hånd) go round, pass;

( gå i stykker) go, break;

( trække sig tilbage fra embede) go,

( gå på pension) retire,

( træde tilbage fra højere post, og om regering) resign;

(om maskineri etc) run ( fx the engine is running smoothly; the drawer

( skuffen) runs smoothly; the machine runs by electricity);

( om tog) run ( fx the trains did not run on Sundays),

( afgå) leave, go ( fx when does the train leave (el. go)? it leaves

(el. goes) at 10);

[ de går, han (, hun) går]

(teat) exeunt, exit,

( i nyere stykker oftest) they go (, he, she goes) (off stage);

[ døren gik] the door opened and shut; somebody came in (, went out);

[ møllen går] the mill is turning;

[ radioen går hele dagen] the radio is on all day;

[ snakken gik] the conversation was in full swing,

(dvs sladderen) people were talking;

[ snakken gik livligt] the conversation was animated;

[ der er gået tre trumfer] three trumps are out (el. have gone);

(se også dans, rygte, tur, ur etc);

[ med adv, pron etc:]

[ blive gået]

(dvs afskediget) be retired;

[ det gik helt anderledes] it turned out quite differently;

[ det er gået dårligt for mig] things have gone badly with me, I have had bad luck;

[ det gik dårligt med ham]

(mht helbred) he was in a bad way;

[ det gik dårligt med foretagendet] the enterprise did not succeed;

[ gå fri] escape,

( få lov at slippe) be let off;

[ uret går godt] the watch keeps good time;

[ det går godt med ham, det går ham rigtig godt] he is doing well;

[ forretningen går godt] the business is thriving;

[ hvordan går det ( med helbredet)?] how are you?

T how is it going? how goes it?

(se også ndf: gå med);

[ hvordan det end går] whatever happens;

[ den går ikke] that won't do,

(= du kan tro nej!) no you don't! nothing doing! I'm not having any!

[ lad gå!] all right! let it pass!

[ jeg vil lade det gå for denne gang] I'll overlook it this time;

[ lade ham gå]

(dvs sætte fri) let him go;

(dvs lade i fred) leave him alone;

[ det går meget let] that is very easy;

[ sådan gik det i tre år] things went on like that for three years;

[ sådan går det her i verden] that is the way of the world;

[ sådan går det ( med) alle store mænd] that is what happens to all great men;

[ gå tabt] be lost,

(se også tabe);

(se også III. fejl, II. galt, højt, ledig, løs, nok, rigtig, vild);

[ faste forbindelser med præp og adv:]

[ gå af]

( løsne sig) come off,

( om noget limet også) come unstuck;

( om skydevåben) go off,

( om skud) be fired;

( gå på pension) retire,

( trække sig tilbage, især fra højere stilling, og om regering) resign;

( forløbe) go (el. pass) off;

[ hvad går der af ham] what is the matter with him? what has come over him?

(se også II. led, mode, vej);

[ gå af i stilhed] pass off quietly;

[ gå af med], se pension, sejr;

[ det kan gå af på min gæld] you can deduct it from what I owe you;

[ gå an]

( være acceptabel) do ( fx will these shoes do?);

[ det går an] it will do;

[ det går aldrig an] it will never do;

[ gå bagover] fall backwards;

[ jeg var ved at gå bagover af forbavselse] you could have knocked me down with a feather;

[ gå bort] go away;

(dø) die, pass away;

[` gå efter]

( hente) go for, go to fetch,

T go and get;

( rette sig efter) go by, go on ( fx we have nothing to go by (el.

on)), act on ( fx his advice, his recommendation);

[gå ` efter]

( undersøge) go over ( fx all the details), go into ( fx the

matter),

( gøre rent, reparere) go over ( fx she went over the room with a duster),

( grundigt, om bil, skib) overhaul;

(friske el. male op) touch up ( fx an article);

( efterkontrollere) go (el. check) over, go (el. check) through;

[ hvis det gik efter mit hoved] if I had my way;

[ gå efter lyden] go in the direction of the sound;

[ gå for]

( gælde, regnes for) pass for, be supposed to be;

( blive solgt for) go for;

[ hvad går her for sig?] what is going on here?

[ hvornår skal det gå for sig?] when is it to come off? when is it to be?

[ det går godt for ham] he is doing well;

[ intet ville gå for ham] nothing went right for him;

[gå foran præp] go before,

F precede;

adv go (, walk) ahead (el. in front), lead the way;

[ gå forbi] pass;

[ gå forud for, gå fremfor] precede;

(fig) take precedence of (el. over);

[gå ` fra]

( løsne sig) come loose;

( om noget limet) come unstuck;

( skulle fradrages) be deducted;

(opgive fx eksamen) give up;

(opgive studium etc) drop out;

[` gå fra]

( forlade) leave (behind);

( lade i stikken) desert ( fx one's wife);

[ gå fra borde], se bord;

[ gå fra forstanden], se forstand;

[ gå fra hinanden]

(dvs hver til sit) part, separate;

(dvs i stykker) go to pieces, split;

[ gå fra sit ord] go back on one's word;

[ gå frem] advance, go forward;

( gøre fremskridt) make progress;

( bære sig ad) act,

F proceed;

[ gå lige frem] walk straight ahead;

[ gå fremad] advance,

F proceed;

( gøre fremskridt) make progress;

[ det går fremad med ham]

(dvs det går ham godt) he is getting on;

(mht helbredet) his health is improving;

( han bliver dygtigere) he is coming on;

[ gå hen: gå ubemærket hen] pass off unnoticed;

[ gå ikke hen og bliv syg] don't go and be ill;

[ han er gået hen og har købt en bil] he's (been and) gone and bought a car;

[ gå let hen over] pass lightly over;

T skate over;

(se også hoved);

[ gå hen til ham] go (up) to him; walk over to him;

( for at besøge ham) go and see him; look him up;

[` gå i]

( være klædt i) wear;

[gå `i]

( lukke sig) close;

[ gå i biografen (, teatret, skole)] go to the cinema (, the theatre, school);

[han går i sit 50. år] he is in his fiftieth year;

[ gå i femte klasse] be in the fifth class;

[ hun går lige i folk] people fall for her straight away;

[ den slags historier går lige i folk] people lap up that kind of story;

[ gå i sig selv] think better of it,

F repent;

[ planen gik i sig selv igen] the scheme came to nothing;

(se også blod, I. død, frø, kloster, krig, kød, land, moder, orden,

II. ret, I. stykke, vand, vejr);

[` gå igen] leave again;

[gå ` igen] be repeated,

F recur;

( om genfærd) walk; haunt the house (, room etc);

[ gå igennem] pass (through), go through;

( undersøge) go over, go through;

( lide) go through,

F undergo;

( blive vedtaget) be carried, pass, go through;

[ ansøgningen gik igennem] the application was granted;

[ (radio)udsendelsen gik godt igennem] reception was good;

(se også marv);

[ gå imod]

( i fjendtlig hensigt) go against;

( hen imod) go towards;

( modarbejde) oppose;

[ hvad er der gået dig imod?] what is worrying you? what has upset you?

[ alting går mig imod] nothing seems to be going my way;

[ gå ind]

( træde ind) go in, enter;

(om avis etc) cease publication;

(se også jagt);

[ gå ind ad døren] go in through (, enter by) the door;

[ gå ind for]

( støtte) support ( fx a proposal),

( være fortaler for) be an advocate of ( fx reform), advocate,

( anbefale) recommend;

[ gå ind for en sag] adopt (el. identify oneself with) a cause;

[ gå ind for hans politik] go in for (el. adopt el. advocate) his policy;

[ jeg går ind for at] I think that, I vote that;

[ gå ind i] go into, enter,

(i forening etc) join;

[ gå ind i hæren] join the army;

[ den gik lige ind]

(dvs han forstod det) it went right in; he got the message;

[ den slags går lige ind hos dem]

(dvs de elsker det) they lap up that kind of thing;

[ gå ind på]

( bevæge sig ind i) enter ( fx enter one's office);

( beskæftige sig med) go into ( fx go into details);

( give sin tilslutning til) agree to, accept ( fx accept a proposal), fall in with ( fx an arrangement, a joke);

[ gå nærmere ind på] go into details about;

[ gå ind til de andre] join the others;

(se også evig (hvile));

[ gå indad]

( om dør) open inwards;

[ han går indad på fødderne] his feet turn in; he turns in his feet (in walking);

[ gå itu] break, come (el. go) to pieces;

[ gå med]

( ledsage) go with, come with,

F accompany;

( bære) carry ( fx a pistol, a gas mask, a cane),

( være iført) wear ( fx a gas mask, glasses, a ring, a hat);

(se også krykke);

( om par) go out with,

T date ( fx he's dating her);

( uddele) deliver ( fx newspapers, milk; bread for a baker);

[gå ` med]

(adv) come with somebody (, me, etc), go along;

( forbruges) be consumed, be spent;

( blive ødelagt) be destroyed, be lost;

[ går du med?] are you coming (too)? are you coming with me (, us)?

[ gå med aviser (, mælk)]

( også) do a newspaper round (, milk round);

[ hvordan går det med ham?] how is he getting on?

[ hvordan går det med arbejdet?] how is the work getting on? how are you getting on with your work?

[ det går dårligt (, godt) med], se ovf: det går...;

[ gå med stok] walk with a stick,

( til pynt) carry a stick;

[ gå stille med noget] keep something quiet;

(se også dør);

[ gå med hovedet på skrå] carry one's head on one side;

[ sådan går det med de fleste] that is what happens to most people;

[ hele dagen gik med at forberede festen] they (, we etc) spent the whole day preparing the party;

[ gå med på] agree to ( fx the terms, the plan, the proposal), fall in with ( fx the proposal);

(se også værst);

[ gå med til]

(dvs ind på) agree to;

[ gå ned] go down,

F descend;

(om sol etc) set, go down;

( om flyvemaskine) land, come down;

(om skib etc = synke) go down;

( om pris, temperatur etc) fall,

( pludseligt) drop;

( om teatertæppe) fall, come down;

( bukke under) go under, go to the wall,

( gå fallit) go under, go bust;

(se også I. bakke, flag, I. klap);

[gå `om]

( gå omkring) walk about,

( blive rakt rundt) go round;

( udføres på ny) be repeated;

( i skole) repeat a class (, a year);

( om eksamen) retake (, kun skriftlig: resit) an examination,

( med objekt) retake (, resit) ( fx it is not possible to retake single papers);

[ lade kanden gå om] pass the jug;

[ kanden gik om] the jug went round;

[gå 3. klasse om] repeat the third class;

[ gå omkring] walk about;

[ der går en mur omkring byen] there is a wall round the town;

[ gå omkring i gaderne] walk about the streets;

[ gå op]

( stige, også om pris) rise, go up;

( om dør, vindue) open,

( pludseligt) fly open;

( om sammenføjning) come apart, give way;

(om knude etc) come undone,

( om noget limet) come unstuck;

( om regnestykke) come out, come right;

( om kabale) come out;

( om teatertæppe) rise;

(om fly etc) take off;

[ få til at gå op]

( om regnestykke) get out;

[ det går lige op]

(fig) it amounts to the same thing;

( vi er kvit) we are quits;

[ det gik op for mig at] I came to realize that, it dawned upon me that;

[ gå op i]

(dvs interessere sig for) be absorbed in; give one's mind to;

( gå helt op i) devote oneself to;

[ gå op i et fag]

( til eksamen) do an examination in a subject;

[ selskabet er gået op i et andet] the company has become merged in another;

[ to går op i fire] two will go into four; four is divisible by two;

[ gå op i sin rolle] identify oneself with one's part;

(se også I. lue, røg, I. spids);

[gå op med 6%] rise (el. go up) by 6%;

[ gå op til eksamen], se eksamen;

[ gå over]

( fra side til side) cross ( fx let us cross here), walk across;

( fortage sig) pass off, wear off;

( gå itu) break (in two),

( pludseligt, med et smæld) snap;

( overskride), se ndf: gå ud over;

(se også bred, forstand, streg);

[ gå over i] pass into;

[ gå over i historien], se historie;

[ gå over på andre hænder] pass into other hands; change hands;

[ gå over til] go over to ( fx the enemy; a Liberal MP went over to the Conservatives),

(neds) defect to ( fx he defected to the rebels);

( en mening) come round to;

( en religion) go over to, be converted to;

( anden virksomhed, andet emne) pass on to;

( udvikles til) become, pass into;

[ gå over til katolicismen] join (el. go over to) the Roman Catholic Church;

[gå `på]

( tage fat) go ahead, go on;

( angribe) go for him (, them etc);

( ske) happen ( fx it does not happen often);

(om handske etc) go on;

[` gå på]

(dvs angå) concern; be aimed at;

[ den går han ikke `på] he won't swallow (el. S buy) that; that won't go down with him;

[ det er hårdt at gå `på] it is tough luck;

[gå ( løs) på en] go for somebody;

(se også løs);

[ han lod sig ikke gå `på]

(dvs veg ikke) he stood his ground (like a man);

(dvs genere) he did not turn a hair;

[ det skal du ikke lade dig gå på af] don't let it get you down;

[ der går 100 p på et pund] there are a hundred pence to a pound;

(se også I. arbejde, hånd, melodi, nerve, opdagelse, universitet, vinge);

[ gå rundt] walk about, go round;

(se også rundt);

[` gå sammen] walk (, leave) together;

( om par) go out together,

T date ( fx they have been dating for over a year);

[ gå sammen om det]

(dvs gøre det i fællesskab) do it together;

[ gå sammen om at] join together to,

(dvs skyde penge sammen) club together to ( fx buy him a present);

[ gå sammen med dem om at] join forces with them to;

[gå ` til]

( fremskynde sin gang) walk faster,

F quicken one's pace;

( ske) come about, come (to pass), happen ( fx how did it happen? how did it come about that he was told? how did he come to lose the

money?);

( kræves) be required,

( forbruges) be spent, be consumed;

( om fodtøj) break in ( fx new boots, new shoes);

[ gå til den]

T go it;

[ det gik hedt til] feelings ran high,

T the fur really flew;

[ det gik livligt til] things got lively;

[ det gik underligt til med den sag] it was a queer business;

[ jeg er ved at gå ` til af varme] this heat is getting too much for me (el.

is getting me down);

(se også bord, film, hjerte, hvile, hånd, læge, II. ret, sag, scene, top,

valg);

[ gå tilbage] go back,

(især mil.) retreat;

(fig) decline; fall off ( fx membership ( medlemstallet) fell off);

[ lade handelen gå tilbage] call off the deal;

[ det er gået tilbage for ham] he has come down in the world;

[ vær venlig at gå tilbage i vognen!] pass right along the bus, please!

[ det går tilbage med ham] he is falling off; he is losing his grip;

[ gå tilbage til] return to, go back to,

( skrive sig fra) date from ( fx the house dates from the 17th

century);

[ gå ud] go out ( fx they go out a lot);

( om ild, lys) go out;

( om planter) die;

( udgå) be omitted, be left out, be dropped;

[ gå ud ad døren] go out of the door;

[ gå ud af] go out of, leave ( fx the room, school);

[ gå ud fra]

( forudsætte) assume, understand, take for granted ( fx I took it for granted that you would agree);

[ jeg går ud fra at]

( også) I take it that;

[ gå ud fra en urigtig forudsætning] act on a wrong assumption;

[ gå ud med én] go out with somebody;

[ gå ud over]

(dvs overskride) go beyond ( fx what is reasonable), pass,

F exceed ( fx all bounds alle grænser);

( påvirke, ramme) affect ( fx one's health);

[ det går ud over hans arbejde]

( også) his work suffers;

[ hans ondskab gik ud over ham selv] his malice rebounded on him;

[ dette vil gå ud over ham] he will be the one to suffer for this;

[ lade det gå ud over en anden]

(dvs når noget går én imod) take it out on somebody else;

[ lade sit raseri gå ud over] vent one's rage on;

[ gå ud på]

( tilsigte) aim at,

( udtrykke) be to the effect (that);

[ det går ud på at] the idea is that;

[ forslaget (, svaret) går ud på at] the proposal (, the answer) is to the effect that;

[ hans stræben går ud på] his object (el. aim) is;

[ jeg så hvad alt dette gik ud på] I perceived the drift of all this;

[ jeg ved hvad dine ønsker går ud på] I know what your wishes are;

[ gå uden om] walk (, go) round ( fx a hole in the road);

(fig) get round ( fx the difficulty);

( prøve at undgå) sidestep ( fx a problem),

F evade ( fx the difficulty, the question);

[ gå langt uden om én] give somebody a wide berth;

[ gå udenom] go round ( fx the gate was shut so we had to go round),

(fig: om sagens kerne) beat about the bush;

[gå ` under]

(mar) go down,

F founder;

( bukke under) go under, go to the wall;

( blive ødelagt) be destroyed;

[ hvis verden går under] if the world comes to an end;

(se også navn);

[ gå videre], se videre;

[ gå væk], se væk.

Danish-English dictionary > gå
15 roll

I noun
1) Rolle, die; (of cloth, tobacco, etc.) Ballen, der; (of fat on body) Wulst, der

roll of film — Rolle Film

2) (of bread etc.)

[bread] roll — Brötchen, das

egg/ham roll — Eier-/Schinkenbrötchen, das

3) (document) [Schrift]rolle, die

4) (register, catalogue) Liste, die; Verzeichnis, das

roll of honour — Gedenktafel [für die Gefallenen]

5) (Mil., Sch.): (list of names) Liste, die

schools with falling rolls — Schulen mit sinkenden Schülerzahlen

call the roll — die Anwesenheit feststellen

6)

be on a roll — (coll.) eine Gluckssträhne haben
II 1. noun
1) (of drum) Wirbel, der; (of thunder) Rollen, das

2) (motion) Rollen, das

3) (single movement) Rolle, die; (of dice) Wurf, der
2. transitive verb
1) (move, send) rollen; (between surfaces) drehen

2) (shape by rolling) rollen

roll a cigarette — eine Zigarette rollen od. drehen

roll one's own — [selbst] drehen

roll snow/wool into a ball — einen Schneeball formen/Wolle zu einem Knäuel aufwickeln

[all] rolled into one — (fig.) in einem

roll oneself/itself into a ball — sich zusammenrollen

3) (flatten) walzen [Rasen, Metall usw.]; ausrollen [Teig]

4)

roll one's eyes — die Augen rollen

5)

roll one's r's — das r rollen
3. intransitive verb
1) (move by turning over) rollen

heads will roll — (fig.) es werden Köpfe rollen

2) (operate) [Maschine:] laufen; [Presse:] sich drehen; (on wheels) rollen

3) (wallow, sway, walk) sich wälzen

4) (Naut.) [Schiff:] rollen, schlingern

5) (revolve) [Augen:] sich [ver]drehen

6) (flow, go forward) sich wälzen (fig.); [Wolken:] ziehen; [Tränen:] rollen

7) [Donner:] rollen; [Trommel:] dröhnen

Phrasal Verbs:

- academic.ru/62788/roll_about">roll about

- roll away

- roll back

- roll by

- roll in

- roll on

- roll out

- roll over

- roll up

* * *
I 1. [rəul] noun
1) (anything flat (eg a piece of paper, a carpet) rolled into the shape of a tube, wound round a tube etc: a roll of kitchen foil; a toilet-roll.) die Rolle

2) (a small piece of baked bread dough, used eg for sandwiches: a cheese roll.) die Roulade

3) (an act of rolling: Our dog loves a roll on the grass.) das Rollen

4) (a ship's action of rocking from side to side: She said that the roll of the ship made her feel ill.) das Rollen

5) (a long low sound: the roll of thunder.) das Rollen

6) (a thick mass of flesh: I'd like to get rid of these rolls of fat round my waist.) der Wulst

7) (a series of quick beats (on a drum).) der Trommelwirbel
2. verb
1) (to move by turning over like a wheel or ball: The coin/pencil rolled under the table; He rolled the ball towards the puppy; The ball rolled away.) rollen

2) (to move on wheels, rollers etc: The children rolled the cart up the hill, then let it roll back down again.) rollen

3) (to form (a piece of paper, a carpet) into the shape of a tube by winding: to roll the carpet back.) rollen

4) ((of a person or animal in a lying position) to turn over: The doctor rolled the patient (over) on to his side; The dog rolled on to its back.) rollen

5) (to shape (clay etc) into a ball or cylinder by turning it about between the hands: He rolled the clay into a ball.) rollen

6) (to cover with something by rolling: When the little girl's dress caught fire, they rolled her in a blanket.) wälzen

7) (to make (something) flat or flatter by rolling something heavy over it: to roll a lawn; to roll pastry (out).) ausrollen

8) ((of a ship) to rock from side to side while travelling forwards: The storm made the ship roll.) schlingern

9) (to make a series of low sounds: The thunder rolled; The drums rolled.) grollen,wirbeln

10) (to move (one's eyes) round in a circle to express fear, surprise etc.) rollen

11) (to travel in a car etc: We were rolling along merrily when a tyre burst.) fahren

12) ((of waves, rivers etc) to move gently and steadily: The waves rolled in to the shore.) wälzen

13) ((of time) to pass: Months rolled by.) dahinziehen

•

- roller
- rolling
- roller-skate 3. verb
(to move on roller-skates: You shouldn't roller-skate on the pavement.) rollschuhlaufen

- rolling-pin
- roll in
- roll up II
(a list of names, eg of pupils in a school etc: There are nine hundred pupils on the roll.) das Verzeichnis

- roll-call

* * *

roll

[rəʊl, AM roʊl]

I. n

1. (cylinder) Rolle f

film \roll Filmrolle f

a \roll of film/paper eine Rolle Film/Papier

2. (cylindrical mass) Rolle f; of cloth Ballen m

\roll of fat Speckrolle f, Speckwulst m

3. (roller) Rolle f; TECH Walze f; (for dough, pastry) Nudelholz nt

4. (list) [Namens]liste f; (register) Verzeichnis nt, Register nt; of lawyers Anwaltsliste f; (rolled up document) Schriftrolle f hist

electoral \roll Wählerverzeichnis nt

to be admitted to the \roll als Anwalt zugelassen werden

to call [or take] the \roll die Anwesenheit überprüfen, die Anwesenheitsliste durchgehen

▪ the \rolls BRIT das Staatsarchiv

5. (meat) Roulade f; (cake, pastry) Rolle f

Swiss \roll Biskuitrolle f, Biskuitroulade f ÖSTERR fam

6. (bread) Brötchen nt, Semmel f ÖSTERR

cheese \roll Käsebrötchen nt, Käsesemmel f

buttered \roll Butterbrötchen nt, Buttersemmel f ÖSTERR

7. AM, AUS (money) Bündel nt Banknoten

8. no pl (movement) Rollen nt; (turning over) Herumrollen nt; (wallowing) Herumwälzen nt

the dog went for a \roll in the grass der Hund wälzte sich im Gras

9. no pl (unsteady movement) of a car, plane, ship Schlingern nt; (gait)

to walk with a \roll einen wiegenden Gang haben

10. SPORT, AVIAT Rolle f

a backward \roll eine Rolle rückwärts

11. usu sing (sound) of thunder [G]rollen nt kein pl; of an organ Brausen nt kein pl; of a canary Trillern nt kein pl; MUS

drum \roll, \roll of the drum Trommelwirbel m

12.

▶ to have a \roll in the hay [or sack] with sb ( fam) mit jdm ins Heu gehen hum fam

▶ to be on a \roll ( fam) eine Glückssträhne haben fam

II. vt

1. (make move around axis)

▪ to \roll sb/sth jdn/etw rollen

to \roll one's eyes die Augen verdrehen

to \roll one's car AM ( fam) sich akk mit dem Auto überschlagen

2. (make turn over)

▪ to \roll sb/sth jdn/etw drehen

\roll him onto his side dreh ihn auf die Seite

3. (push on wheels)

▪ to \roll sth etw rollen; (when heavier) etw schieben

4. (shape)

▪ to \roll sth into sth etw zu etw dat rollen

he \rolled the clay into a ball in his hands er formte [o rollte] den Ton in seinen Händen zu einer Kugel

5. (wind)

▪ to \roll sth etw aufrollen

the hedgehog \rolled itself into a ball der Igel rollte sich zu einer Kugel zusammen

to \roll a cigarette eine Zigarette drehen

to \roll one's own[cigarettes] ( fam) [sich dat] seine Zigaretten selbst drehen

to \roll wool into a ball Wolle aufwickeln

6. (wrap)

▪ to \roll sth in sth etw in etw akk einwickeln

7. (flatten)

▪ to \roll sth etw walzen

to \roll pastry Teig ausrollen [o SCHWEIZ auswallen] [o ÖSTERR auswalzen

8. (games)

to \roll a die [or dice] würfeln

to \roll a two/six eine Zwei [o ÖSTERR einen Zweier] /Sechs [o ÖSTERR einen Sechser] würfeln

9. (start)

to \roll a device/machine ein Gerät/eine Maschine in Gang bringen

\roll the camera! Kamera an!

10. LING

to \roll one's r's das R rollen

11. AM ( fam: rob)

▪ to \roll sb jdn beklauen fam

12.

▶ [all] \rolled into one [alles] in einem

III. vi

1. (move around axis) rollen; (turn over) sich akk herumrollen; (wallow) sich akk [herum]wälzen

to \roll down the hill den Berg hinunterrollen

▪ to \roll off sth von etw dat [herunter]rollen

the newspapers \rolled off the presses die Zeitungen rollten von den Druckerpressen

2. (flow) drop, tears rollen, kullern; waves rollen

a tear ran down his check eine Träne lief ihm die Wange herunter

the sweat ran down my back der Schweiß lief ihr den Rücken hinunter

3. (move on wheels) rollen

the truck \rolled to a stop just before the barricade der Lastwagen kam gerade noch vor dem Hindernis zum Stehen

4. (oscillate) ship, plane schlingern; (person) schwanken

5. (revolve in an orbit) planet kreisen

6. SPORT, AVIAT eine Rolle machen

7. (operate) laufen

to keep sth \rolling etw in Gang halten

8. ( fig: elapse) years

to \roll by vorbeiziehen

9. (undulate) wogen, wallen

a wave of cigarette smoke \rolled towards me ein Schwall von Zigarettenrauch schlug mir entgegen

10. (reverberate) widerhallen; thunder [g]rollen

the drums \rolled ein Trommelwirbel ertönte

11. (curl up)

to \roll into a ball sich akk zu einem Ball [o einer Kugel] zusammenrollen

12. (be uttered effortlessly) leicht über die Lippen kommen

13.

▶ to have sb \rolling in the aisles ( fam) jdn dazu bringen, sich akk vor Lachen zu kugeln

▶ to \roll over in one's grave sich akk im Grabe umdrehen

▶ to \roll with the punches AM ( fam) die Dinge geregelt bekommen fam

▶ to set [or start] the ball \rolling die Sache in Schwung [o Gang] bringen

* * *
[rəʊl]
1. n

1) (of paper, netting, film, hair etc) Rolle f; (of fabric) Ballen m; (of banknotes) Bündel nt; (of butter) Röllchen nt; (of flesh, fat) Wulst m, Röllchen nt

a roll of paper — eine Rolle Papier

a roll of banknotes — ein Bündel nt Banknoten

he has rolls on his belly — er hat Speckrollen am Bauch

2) (COOK) Brötchen nt

ham/cheese roll — Schinken-/Käsebrötchen nt

See:

→ sausage roll etc

3) (= movement) (of sea, waves) Rollen nt; (of ship) Schlingern nt, Rollen nt; (= somersault, AVIAT) Rolle f; (of person's gait) Schaukeln nt, Wiegen nt

to do a roll — eine Rolle machen

the ship gave a sudden roll —

the dog was having a roll on the grass — der Hund wälzte sich im Gras

to have a roll in the hay with sb (inf) — mit jdm ins Heu gehen (inf)

to be on a roll (inf) — eine Glückssträhne haben

4) (= sound of thunder) Rollen nt; (of drums) Wirbel m; (of organ) Brausen nt

5) (= list, register) Liste f, Register nt; (of solicitors) Anwaltsliste f

we have 60 pupils on our roll — bei uns sind 60 Schüler angemeldet

to call the roll — die Namensliste verlesen, die Namen aufrufen

roll of honour (Brit) — Ehrenliste f

to strike sb or sb's name off the roll — jdn or jds Namen von der Liste streichen

See:

→ electoral roll

2. vi

1) (person, object) rollen; (from side to side ship) schlingern; (presses) laufen; (AVIAT) eine Rolle machen

to roll over and over — rollen und rollen, kullern und kullern (inf)

the children/stones rolled down the hill — die Kinder/Steine rollten or kugelten (inf) den Berg hinunter

tears were rolling down her cheeks — Tränen rollten or kullerten (inf) ihr über die Wangen

the newspapers were rolling off the presses — die Zeitungen rollten von den Druckerpressen

heads will roll! (fig) — da werden die Köpfe rollen!

to keep the show rolling ( Theat inf ) — die Show in Gang halten

can you keep the ball or things rolling while I'm away? (inf) — können Sie den Laden in Schwung halten, solange ich weg bin? (inf)

the dog rolled in the mud — der Hund wälzte sich im Schlamm

he's rolling in money or in it (inf) — er schwimmt im Geld (inf)

the words just rolled off his tongue —

his eyes rolled (during a fit) — er rollte mit den Augen

to roll with the punches (fig) — sich nicht aus dem Gleis werfen or bringen lassen

he rolls from side to side as he walks — er hat einen schaukelnden Gang

2) (= sound thunder) rollen, grollen; (drum) wirbeln; (organ) brausen; (echo) rollen

3) (camera) laufen

4) (CINE)

the credits rolled — der Abspann lief

3. vt
barrel, hoop, ball, car rollen; umbrella aufrollen; cigarette drehen; pastry, dough ausrollen; metal, lawn, road walzen
to roll one's eyes — die Augen rollen or verdrehen

to roll one's r's —

to roll sth between one's fingers — etw zwischen den Fingern drehen

to roll one's own (cigarettes) — sich (dat) seine eigenen drehen

to roll wool into a ball — Wolle zu einem Knäuel aufwickeln

the hedgehog rolled itself into a ball — der Igel rollte sich zu einer Kugel zusammen

he rolled himself in a blanket — er wickelte sich in eine Decke

it has a kitchen and a dining room rolled into one — es hat eine Küche und Esszimmer in einem

See:

→ also rolled

* * *

roll [rəʊl]

A s

1. HIST Schriftrolle f, Pergament n

2. a) Urkunde f

b) ( besonders Namens-, Anwesenheits)Liste f, Verzeichnis n

c) JUR Br Anwaltsliste f:

call the roll die Anwesenheitsliste verlesen, MIL einen Anwesenheitsappell abhalten;

strike off the roll(s) einen Solicitor von der Anwaltsliste streichen; einem Arzt etc die Zulassung entziehen;

roll of hono(u)r Ehren-, besonders Gefallenenliste, -tafel f

3. → hay¹ A 1

4. (Haar-, Kragen-, Papier- etc) Rolle f:

roll of butter Butterröllchen n;

roll of tobacco Rolle Kautabak

5. Brötchen n, Semmel f

6. GASTR ( besonders Fleisch)Roulade f

7. ARCH

a) Wulst m, Rundleiste f

b) Antike: Volute f (spiralförmige Einrollung am Säulenkapitell)

8. Bodenwelle f

9. TECH Rolle f, Walze f (besonders in Lagern)

10. Fließen n, Fluss m (auch fig)

11. a) Brausen n

b) Rollen n, Grollen n

c) (Trommel) Wirbel m:

a roll of drums

d) Dröhnen n

e) ORN Triller(n) m(n)

12. Wurf m (beim Würfeln)

13. SCHIFF Rollen n, Schlingern n

14. wiegender Gang, Seemannsgang m

15. SPORT Rolle f (auch beim Kunstflug)

16. US sl

a) zusammengerolltes Geldscheinbündel

b) fig ( eine Masse) Geld n

B v/i

1. rollen:

start rolling ins Rollen kommen;

tears were rolling down her cheeks Tränen rollten oder liefen oder rannen über ihre Wangen;

some heads will roll bes fig einige Köpfe werden rollen: → ball¹ Bes Redew

2. rollen, fahren (Fahrzeug oder Fahrer)

3. auch roll along (dahin)rollen, (-)strömen, sich (dahin)wälzen:

rolling waters Wassermassen

4. auch roll along (dahin)ziehen (Wolken):

time rolls on ( oder by) die Zeit vergeht;

the seasons roll away die Jahreszeiten gehen dahin

5. sich wälzen (auch fig):

be rolling in money umg im Geld schwimmen; → hay¹ A 1

6. SPORT, auch FLUG eine Rolle machen

7. SCHIFF rollen, schlingern (Schiff)

8. wiegend gehen:

rolling gait → A 14

9. rollen, sich verdrehen (Augen)

10. a) grollen, rollen (Donner)

b) dröhnen (Stimme etc)

c) brausen (Wasser, Orgel)

d) wirbeln (Trommel)

e) trillern (Vogel)

11. sich rollen oder wickeln oder drehen (lassen)

12. METALL sich walzen lassen

13. TYPO sich (unter der Walze) verteilen (Druckfarbe)

14. würfeln

C v/t

1. ein Fass etc

a) rollen

b) (herum)wälzen, (-)drehen:

roll one’s eyes die Augen rollen oder verdrehen;

roll one’s eyes at sb umg jemandem (schöne) Augen machen;

roll a problem round in one’s mind fig ein Problem wälzen

2. (dahin)rollen, fahren

3. Wassermassen wälzen (Fluss)

4. (zusammen-, auf-, ein)rollen, (-)wickeln:

roll o.s. into one’s blanket sich in die Decke (ein)wickeln

5. (durch Rollen) formen, einen Schneeball etc machen:

roll a cigarette sich eine Zigarette drehen;

roll paste for pies Kuchenteig ausrollen

6. einen Rasen, eine Straße etc walzen:

roll metal Metall walzen oder strecken;

rolled into one umg alles in einem, in einer Person

7. TYPO

a) Papier kalandern, glätten

b) Druckfarbe (mit einer Walze) auftragen

8. rollen(d sprechen):

roll one’s r’s das R rollen

9. die Trommel wirbeln

10. SCHIFF ein Schiff zum Rollen bringen (Wellen)

11. den Körper etc (beim Gehen) wiegen

12. US sl einen Betrunkenen ausnehmen, berauben

13. eine Drei etc würfeln

* * *
I noun
1) Rolle, die; (of cloth, tobacco, etc.) Ballen, der; (of fat on body) Wulst, der

roll of film — Rolle Film

2) (of bread etc.)

[bread] roll — Brötchen, das

egg/ham roll — Eier-/Schinkenbrötchen, das

3) (document) [Schrift]rolle, die

4) (register, catalogue) Liste, die; Verzeichnis, das

roll of honour — Gedenktafel [für die Gefallenen]

5) (Mil., Sch.): (list of names) Liste, die

schools with falling rolls — Schulen mit sinkenden Schülerzahlen

call the roll — die Anwesenheit feststellen

6)

be on a roll — (coll.) eine Gluckssträhne haben
II 1. noun
1) (of drum) Wirbel, der; (of thunder) Rollen, das

2) (motion) Rollen, das

3) (single movement) Rolle, die; (of dice) Wurf, der
2. transitive verb
1) (move, send) rollen; (between surfaces) drehen

2) (shape by rolling) rollen

roll a cigarette — eine Zigarette rollen od. drehen

roll one's own — [selbst] drehen

roll snow/wool into a ball — einen Schneeball formen/Wolle zu einem Knäuel aufwickeln

[all] rolled into one — (fig.) in einem

roll oneself/itself into a ball — sich zusammenrollen

3) (flatten) walzen [Rasen, Metall usw.]; ausrollen [Teig]

4)

roll one's eyes — die Augen rollen

5)

roll one's r's — das r rollen
3. intransitive verb
1) (move by turning over) rollen

heads will roll — (fig.) es werden Köpfe rollen

2) (operate) [Maschine:] laufen; [Presse:] sich drehen; (on wheels) rollen

3) (wallow, sway, walk) sich wälzen

4) (Naut.) [Schiff:] rollen, schlingern

5) (revolve) [Augen:] sich [ver]drehen

6) (flow, go forward) sich wälzen (fig.); [Wolken:] ziehen; [Tränen:] rollen

7) [Donner:] rollen; [Trommel:] dröhnen

Phrasal Verbs:

- roll about

- roll away

- roll back

- roll by

- roll in

- roll on

- roll out

- roll over

- roll up

* * *

n.

Rolle -n f. v.

drehen v.

rollen v.

wickeln v.

wälzen v.

English-german dictionary > roll
16 round

1. adjective
1) (shaped like a circle or globe: a round hole; a round stone; This plate isn't quite round.) redondo

2) (rather fat; plump: a round face.) redondo

2. adverb
1) (in the opposite direction: He turned round.) en sentido contrario

2) (in a circle: They all stood round and listened; A wheel goes round; All (the) year round.) en círculo

3) (from one person to another: They passed the letter round; The news went round.) de persona en persona

4) (from place to place: We drove round for a while.) de un sitio a otro, por ahí

5) (in circumference: The tree measured two metres round.) de circunferencia

6) (to a particular place, usually a person's home: Are you coming round (to our house) tonight?) a casa

3. preposition
1) (on all sides of: There was a wall round the garden; He looked round the room.) alrededor (de), en torno (a)

2) (passing all sides of (and returning to the starting-place): They ran round the tree.) alrededor (de), en torno (a)

3) (changing direction at: He came round the corner.) a la vuelta (de)

4) (in or to all parts of: The news spread all round the town.) por

4. noun
1) (a complete circuit: a round of drinks (= one for everyone present); a round of golf.) ronda, vuelta; recorrido

2) (a regular journey one takes to do one's work: a postman's round.) recorrido

3) (a burst of cheering, shooting etc: They gave him a round of applause; The soldier fired several rounds.) salva; tiro

4) (a single bullet, shell etc: five hundred rounds of ammunition.) cartucho

5) (a stage in a competition etc: The winners of the first round will go through to the next.) vuelta, asalto (boxeo)

6) (a type of song sung by several singers singing the same tune starting in succession.) canon

5. verb
(to go round: The car rounded the corner.) girar, virar

- rounded
- roundly
- roundness
- rounds
- all-round
- all-rounder
- roundabout
6. adjective
(not direct: a roundabout route.) indirecto

- round figures/numbers
- round-shouldered
- round trip
- all round
- round about
- round off
- round on
- round up

round¹ adj redondo

a round table una mesa redonda

round² adv

Expresa la idea de girar o dar la vuelta

turn round and go back date la vuelta y vuelve

she looked round miró a su alrededor / miró hacia atrás

the cat ran round and round in circles el gato daba vueltas y vueltas

I'll show you round te enseñaré la casa

round³ prep alrededor de

she had flowers round her neck llevaba flores alrededor del cuello

it's just round the corner está a la vuelta de la esquina

we walked round the park dimos una vuelta por el parque

round /rraun/ sustantivo masculino (Dep) round ' round' also found in these entries: Spanish: alrededor - asalto - asomar - batuta - billete - bordear - caballito - camilla - circular - dejarse - doblar - eliminatoria - energía - estar - foro - hacinarse - inversa - inverso - juntar - octava - octavo - pasarse - patearse - piña - por - reanimar - reanimarse - rebuscada - rebuscado - recorrer - redonda - redondear - redondez - redondo - rematar - remover - revés - rodear - ronda - sobremesa - soler - sortear - tartana - tiovivo - volver - volverse - vuelta - acorralar - aparecer - aplauso English: all-round - ask round - bend - bring round - circle - clip - clock - come round - corner - drop in - drop round - finger - flash - gather round - get around - get round - get round to - glance round - go round - hand round - look round - merry-go-round - pad - paper round - pass - pass round - rally - rally round - ring - round - round down - round off - round on - round robin - round up - round-shouldered - round-table meeting - round-the-clock - show round - spin - swap round - swing - tour - travel - turn round - twist round - wander - way - wheel - whip-round

round

tr[raʊnd]

adjective

1 redondo,-a

■ a round bathtub una bañera redonda

noun

1 (circle) círculo

2 (series) serie nombre femenino, tanda; (one of a series) ronda

3 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (stage of competition) ronda; (boxing) asalto; (of golf) partido

■ she was knocked out in the first round la eliminaron en la primera ronda

■ he went three rounds with Murphy duró tres asaltos con Murphy

4 (of drinks) ronda

5 (of policeman etc) ronda

6 (for gun) cartucho

7 (of bread) rebanada

■ two rounds of toast dos tostadas

adverb

1 (in circles)

■ it goes round and round da vueltas y vueltas

■ she turned round se dio la vuelta

2 (about) por ahí

■ I've been waiting round all day he estado esperando todo el día

3 (to somebody's house) a casa

■ they came round to see me vinieron a casa a verme

■ she invited me round me invitó a casa

preposition

1 alrededor de

■ they sat round the fire se sentaron alrededor del fuego

■ he went round the field dio la vuelta al campo

■ have you lived round here long? ¿hace mucho que vives por aquí?

transitive verb

1 doblar

■ the ship rounded Cape Horn el barco dobló el cabo de Hornos

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

all the year round durante todo el año

round the clock día y noche, las veinticuatro horas

round the corner a la vuelta de la esquina

the other way round al revés

to have round shoulders tener las espaldas cargadas

to go round dar vueltas

round table mesa redonda

round trip viaje nombre masculino de ida y vuelta

round number número redondo

round ['raʊnd] vt

1) : redondear

she rounded the edges: redondeó los bordes

2) turn: doblar

to round the corner: dar la vuelta a la esquina

3)

to round off : redondear (un número)

4)

to round offor to round out complete: rematar, terminar

5)

to round up gather: reunir

round adv around

round adj

1) : redondo

a round table: una mesa redonda

in round numbers: en números redondos

round shoulders: espaldas cargadas

2)

round trip : viaje m de ida y vuelta

round n

1) circle: círculo m

2) series: serie f, sucesión f

a round of talks: una ronda de negociaciones

the daily round: la rutina cotidiana

3) : asalto m (en boxeo), recorrido m (en golf), vuelta f (en varios juegos)

4) : salva f (de aplausos)

5)

round of drinks : ronda f

6)

round of ammunition : disparo m, cartucho m

7) rounds npl

: recorridos mpl (de un cartero), rondas fpl (de un vigilante), visitas fpl (de un médico)

to make the rounds: hacer visitas

round prep around

round (Wine)

n.

• equilibrado (Vino) s.m.

adj.

• redondo, -a adj.

• rollizo, -a adj.

• rotundo, -a adj.

adv.

• alrededor adv.

n.

• asalto s.m.

• círculo s.m.

• descarga s.f.

• redondo s.m.

• ronda s.f.

• rueda s.f.

• vuelta s.f.

prep.

• alrededor de prep.

v.

• redondear (MAT, INF) v.

I raʊnd
adjective

1)

a) (circular, spherical) redondo

b) ( not angular) < corner> curvo

she has very round shoulders — es muy cargada de espaldas, es muy encorvada

2) < number> redondo

II

noun

1) c ( circle) círculo m, redondel m, redondela f (Andes)

theater in the round — teatro m circular

2) c

a) ( series) serie f

round of talks — ronda f de conversaciones

the daily round — la rutina diaria

his life is one long round of meetings — su vida es una continua sucesión de reuniones

b) ( burst)

let's have a round of applause for... — un aplauso para...

3) c (Sport, Games) (of tournament, quiz) vuelta f; (in boxing, wrestling) round m, asalto m; ( in golf) vuelta f, recorrido m; ( in showjumping) recorrido m; ( in card games) partida f

4)

a) ( of visits) (often pl)

the doctor is off making his rounds o (BrE) is on his rounds — el doctor está haciendo visitas a domicilio or visitando pacientes

the nurse does her round of the wards at midday — la enfermera hace la ronda de las salas a mediodía

we had to make o (BrE) do o go the rounds of all the relatives — tuvimos que ir de visita a casa de todos los parientes

b) c ( of watchman) ronda f; (of postman, milkman) (BrE) recorrido m

he does a paper round — hace un reparto de periódicos

5) c ( of drinks) ronda f, vuelta f, tanda f (Col, Méx)

this is my round — esta ronda or vuelta or (Col, Méx tb) tanda la pago yo

6) c ( shot) disparo m; ( bullet) bala f

7) c ( of bread) (BrE)

a round of toast — una tostada or (Méx) un pan tostado

a round of sandwiches — un sándwich

8) c ( Mus) canon m

III

transitive verb

a) ( go around) \<\<corner\>\> doblar, dar* la vuelta a

b) ( make round) \<\<edge\>\> redondear

Phrasal Verbs:

- round down

- round off

- round on

- round up

IV

adverb (esp BrE)

1)

a) ( in a circle)

we walked all the way round — dimos toda la vuelta

they ran round and round — dieron vueltas y vueltas corriendo

all year round — durante todo el año

b) ( so as to face in different direction)

she spun round when she heard his voice — dio media vuelta al oír su voz; see also turn round

c) ( on all sides) alrededor

everyone crowded round — todo el mundo se apiñó alrededor

2)

a) (from one place, person to another)

to have a look round — echar un vistazo

the curator took us round — el conservador nos mostró or nos enseñó el museo (or la colección etc)

a list was handed round — se hizo circular una lista

b) (at, to different place)

she's round at Ed's — está en casa de Ed

we're having friends round for a meal — hemos invitado a unos amigos a comer; see also call round

c)

all round — ( in every respect) en todos los sentidos; ( for everybody) a todos

he bought drinks all round — compró bebidas para todos

V

preposition (esp BrE)

1) ( encircling) alrededor de

the wall round the garden — el muro que rodea el jardín

round the corner — a la vuelta (de la esquina)

2)

a) ( in the vicinity of) cerca de, en los alrededores de

she lives round here — vive por aquí

round about 5 o'clock — alrededor de las cinco

b) (within, through)

he does odd jobs round the house — hace arreglitos en la casa

we had a look round the cathedral — (le) echamos un vistazo a la catedral

[raʊnd] When round is an element in a phrasal verb, eg ask round, call round, rally round, look up the verb.
1.

ADJ
(compar rounder) (superl roundest) (gen) redondo; [sum, number] redondo
• a round dozen — una docena redonda

• in round figures or numbers — en números redondos

2.

ADV

the park is eight miles round — el parque tiene un perímetro de ocho millas

• there is a fence all round — está rodeado por un cercado

it would be better all round if we didn't go — (in every respect) sería mejor en todos los sentidos que no fuéramos; (for all concerned) sería mejor para todos que no fuéramos

all year round — (durante) todo el año

drinks all round! — ¡pago la ronda para todos!

we shook hands all round — todos nos dimos la mano

• to ask sb round — invitar a algn a casa or a pasar (por casa)

• we were round at my sister's — estábamos en casa de mi hermana

we'll be round at the pub — estaremos en el bar

• the wheels go round — las ruedas giran or dan vuelta

• it flew round and round — voló dando vueltas

• the long way round — el camino más largo

it's a long way round — es mucho rodeo

the other/wrong way round — al revés

3. PREP

1) (of place etc) alrededor de

we were sitting round the table/fire — estábamos sentados alrededor de la mesa/en torno a la chimenea

the wall round the garden — el muro que rodea el jardín

a walk round the town — un paseo por la ciudad

• all the people round about — toda la gente alrededor

• all round the house — (inside) por toda la casa; (outside) alrededor de toda la casa

• she's 36 inches round the bust — tiene 90 de busto or de pecho

• round the clock — (=at any time) a todas horas, a cualquier hora; (=non-stop) permanentemente, día y noche, las 24 horas del día

• round the corner — a la vuelta de la esquina

• are you from round here? — ¿eres de por aquí?

• to look round the shop — echar una mirada por la tienda

• wear it round your neck — llévalo en el cuello

• he sells them round the pubs — los vende de bar en bar

• when you're round this way — cuando pases por aquí

• a trip round the world — un viaje alrededor del mundo

2) (esp Brit) (=approximately) (also: round about) alrededor de, más o menos

round four o'clock — a eso de las cuatro

• round about £50 — alrededor de 50 libras, 50 libras más o menos

• somewhere round Derby — cerca de Derby

somewhere round that sum — esa cantidad más o menos

3) (=using as theme)

it's written round the Suez episode — tiene por tema principal el episodio de Suez

4. N

1) (=circle) círculo m ; (=slice) tajada f, rodaja f

• a round of sandwiches — (Brit) un sandwich

• a round of toast — una tostada

2) [of postman, milkman etc] recorrido m ; [of watchman] ronda f

• the watchman was doing his round — el vigilante estaba de ronda

• the story is going the rounds that... — se dice or se rumorea que...

she did or went or made the rounds of the agencies — visitó or recorrió todas las agencias

the story went the rounds of the club — el chiste se contó en todos los corrillos del club

• the doctor's on his rounds — el médico está haciendo sus visitas

3) (Boxing) asalto m, round m ; (Golf) partido m, recorrido m, vuelta f ; (Showjumping) recorrido m ; (Cards) (=game) partida f ; (in tournament) vuelta f

• to have a clear round — hacer un recorrido sin penalizaciones

• the first round of the elections — la primera vuelta de las elecciones

4) [of drinks] ronda f

whose round is it? — ¿a quién le toca (pagar)?

it's my round — yo invito, me toca a mí

• round of ammunition — cartucho m, bala f, tiro m

• round of applause — salva f de aplausos

let's have a round of applause for... — demos un fuerte aplauso a...

• round of shots — descarga f

5) (=series)

• the first round of negotiations — la primera ronda de negociaciones

• life was one long round of parties — la vida consistía en una sucesión constante de fiestas

6) (=routine)

• the daily round — la rutina cotidiana

7)

• in the round — (Theat) circular, en redondo

8) (Mus) canon m

5. VT

1) (=make round) [+ lips, edges] redondear

2) (=go round) [+ corner] doblar, dar la vuelta a; (Naut) doblar

the ship rounded the headland — el buque dobló el promontorio

6.

CPD

round arch N — arco m de medio punto

round dance N — baile m en corro

round robin N — (=request) petición f firmada en rueda; (=protest) protesta f firmada en rueda

Round Table N — (Hist) Mesa f Redonda

round table N — (=conference) mesa f redonda

round trip N — viaje m de ida y vuelta

round trip ticket — (US) billete m de ida y vuelta

- round down

- round off

- round on

- round up

* * *

I [raʊnd]
adjective

1)

a) (circular, spherical) redondo

b) ( not angular) < corner> curvo

she has very round shoulders — es muy cargada de espaldas, es muy encorvada

2) < number> redondo

II

noun

1) c ( circle) círculo m, redondel m, redondela f (Andes)

theater in the round — teatro m circular

2) c

a) ( series) serie f

round of talks — ronda f de conversaciones

the daily round — la rutina diaria

his life is one long round of meetings — su vida es una continua sucesión de reuniones

b) ( burst)

let's have a round of applause for... — un aplauso para...

3) c (Sport, Games) (of tournament, quiz) vuelta f; (in boxing, wrestling) round m, asalto m; ( in golf) vuelta f, recorrido m; ( in showjumping) recorrido m; ( in card games) partida f

4)

a) ( of visits) (often pl)

the doctor is off making his rounds o (BrE) is on his rounds — el doctor está haciendo visitas a domicilio or visitando pacientes

the nurse does her round of the wards at midday — la enfermera hace la ronda de las salas a mediodía

we had to make o (BrE) do o go the rounds of all the relatives — tuvimos que ir de visita a casa de todos los parientes

b) c ( of watchman) ronda f; (of postman, milkman) (BrE) recorrido m

he does a paper round — hace un reparto de periódicos

5) c ( of drinks) ronda f, vuelta f, tanda f (Col, Méx)

this is my round — esta ronda or vuelta or (Col, Méx tb) tanda la pago yo

6) c ( shot) disparo m; ( bullet) bala f

7) c ( of bread) (BrE)

a round of toast — una tostada or (Méx) un pan tostado

a round of sandwiches — un sándwich

8) c ( Mus) canon m

III

transitive verb

a) ( go around) \<\<corner\>\> doblar, dar* la vuelta a

b) ( make round) \<\<edge\>\> redondear

Phrasal Verbs:

- round down

- round off

- round on

- round up

IV

adverb (esp BrE)

1)

a) ( in a circle)

we walked all the way round — dimos toda la vuelta

they ran round and round — dieron vueltas y vueltas corriendo

all year round — durante todo el año

b) ( so as to face in different direction)

she spun round when she heard his voice — dio media vuelta al oír su voz; see also turn round

c) ( on all sides) alrededor

everyone crowded round — todo el mundo se apiñó alrededor

2)

a) (from one place, person to another)

to have a look round — echar un vistazo

the curator took us round — el conservador nos mostró or nos enseñó el museo (or la colección etc)

a list was handed round — se hizo circular una lista

b) (at, to different place)

she's round at Ed's — está en casa de Ed

we're having friends round for a meal — hemos invitado a unos amigos a comer; see also call round

c)

all round — ( in every respect) en todos los sentidos; ( for everybody) a todos

he bought drinks all round — compró bebidas para todos

V

preposition (esp BrE)

1) ( encircling) alrededor de

the wall round the garden — el muro que rodea el jardín

round the corner — a la vuelta (de la esquina)

2)

a) ( in the vicinity of) cerca de, en los alrededores de

she lives round here — vive por aquí

round about 5 o'clock — alrededor de las cinco

b) (within, through)

he does odd jobs round the house — hace arreglitos en la casa

we had a look round the cathedral — (le) echamos un vistazo a la catedral

English-spanish dictionary > round
17 roll

I
1. rəul noun
1) (anything flat (eg a piece of paper, a carpet) rolled into the shape of a tube, wound round a tube etc: a roll of kitchen foil; a toilet-roll.) rollo

2) (a small piece of baked bread dough, used eg for sandwiches: a cheese roll.) panecillo

3) (an act of rolling: Our dog loves a roll on the grass.) acción de revolcarse/rodar

4) (a ship's action of rocking from side to side: She said that the roll of the ship made her feel ill.) balanceo

5) (a long low sound: the roll of thunder.) retumbo, fragor

6) (a thick mass of flesh: I'd like to get rid of these rolls of fat round my waist.) michelín

7) (a series of quick beats (on a drum).) redoble

2. verb
1) (to move by turning over like a wheel or ball: The coin/pencil rolled under the table; He rolled the ball towards the puppy; The ball rolled away.) rodar

2) (to move on wheels, rollers etc: The children rolled the cart up the hill, then let it roll back down again.) (hacer) rodar

3) (to form (a piece of paper, a carpet) into the shape of a tube by winding: to roll the carpet back.) enrollar

4) ((of a person or animal in a lying position) to turn over: The doctor rolled the patient (over) on to his side; The dog rolled on to its back.) dar(se) la vuelta

5) (to shape (clay etc) into a ball or cylinder by turning it about between the hands: He rolled the clay into a ball.) moldear

6) (to cover with something by rolling: When the little girl's dress caught fire, they rolled her in a blanket.) envolver, liar

7) (to make (something) flat or flatter by rolling something heavy over it: to roll a lawn; to roll pastry (out).) alisar, allanar; estirar

8) ((of a ship) to rock from side to side while travelling forwards: The storm made the ship roll.) balancearse, mecerse

9) (to make a series of low sounds: The thunder rolled; The drums rolled.) retumbar; redoblar

10) (to move (one's eyes) round in a circle to express fear, surprise etc.) poner los ojos en blanco

11) (to travel in a car etc: We were rolling along merrily when a tyre burst.) rodar, ir; viajar

12) ((of waves, rivers etc) to move gently and steadily: The waves rolled in to the shore.) ondular, fluir; romper

13) ((of time) to pass: Months rolled by.) pasar, sucederse

•

- roller
- rolling
- roller-skate
3. verb
(to move on roller-skates: You shouldn't roller-skate on the pavement.) patinar sobre ruedas

- rolling-pin
- roll in
- roll up
II

(a list of names, eg of pupils in a school etc: There are nine hundred pupils on the roll.) lista

- roll-call

roll¹ n

1. rollo

a roll of toilet paper un rollo de papel higiénico

2. panecillo

we have loaves of bread and rolls tenemos barras de pan y panecillos

3. bocadillo

a ham roll un bocadillo de jamón

roll² vb rodar / hacer rodar

the ball rolled down the hill el balón rodó cuesta abajo

to roll the dice tirar los dados

roll

tr[rəʊl]

noun

1 (gen) rollo

■ a roll of sticky tape un rollo de cinta adhesiva

2 (of film) carrete nombre masculino

3 (list) lista

4 (of bread) bollo, panecillo; (sandwich) bocadillo

■ a cheese roll, please un bocadillo de queso, por favor

5 (movement) balanceo

6 (of thunder) fragor nombre masculino; (of drum) redoble nombre masculino

transitive verb

1 (ball, coin) hacer rodar

■ he rolled the coin across the table hizo rodar la moneda por la mesa

2 (flatten) allanar, apisonar

3 (into a ball) enroscar

4 (paper) enrollar

intransitive verb

1 (thunder) retumbar; (drum) redoblar

2 (ball, coin) rodar

■ the ball rolled down the hill la pelota fue rodando colina abajo

3 (into a ball) enroscarse

4 (paper) enrollarse

5 (wallow) revolcarse

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

roll on...! ¡que venga...!, ¡ojalá fuese...!

■ roll on Friday! ¡ojalá fuese viernes!

to roll one's eyes poner los ojos en blanco

to roll up one's sleeves arremangarse

to call the roll pasar lista

to be rolling in it familiar estar forrado,-a

roll ['ro:l] vt

1) : hacer rodar

to roll the ball: hacer rodar la pelota

to roll one's eyes: poner los ojos en blanco

2) : liar (un cigarillo)

3) or to roll up : enrollar

to roll (oneself) up into a ball: hacerse una bola

4) flatten: estirar (masa), laminar (metales), pasar el rodillo por (el césped)

5)

to roll up one's sleeves : arremangarse

roll vi

1) : rodar

the ball kept on rolling: la pelota siguió rodando

2) sway: balancearse

the ship rolled in the waves: el barco se balanceó en las olas

3) reverberate, sound: tronar (dícese del trueno), redoblar (dícese de un tambor)

4)

to roll along proceed: ponerse en marcha

5)

to roll around : revolcarse

6)

to roll by : pasar

7)

to roll over : dar una vuelta

roll n

1) list: lista f

to call the roll: pasar lista

to have on the roll: tener inscrito

2) or bread roll : panecito m, bolillo m Mex

3) : rollo m (de papel, de tela, etc.)

a roll of film: un carrete

a roll of bills: un fajo

4) : redoble m (de tambores), retumbo m (del trueno, etc.)

5) rolling, swaying: balanceo m

roll (Bread)

n.

• bollo s.m.

• panecillo s.m.

n.

• bamboleo s.m.

• escalafón s.m.

• fajo s.m.

• lista s.f.

• matrícula s.f.

• minuta s.f.

• rol s.m.

• rollo s.m.

v.

• balancear v.

• devanar v.

• enrollar v.

• liar (Cigarrillo) v.

• retumbar v.

• revolcar v.

• rodar v.

rəʊl
I

noun

1) ( Culin)

(bread) roll — pancito m or (Esp) panecillo m or (Méx) bolillo m

2) (of paper, wire, fabric) rollo m; ( of banknotes) fajo m

a roll of film — un rollo or un carrete (de fotos), una película

rolls of fat — rollos mpl; ( around waist) rollos mpl, michelines mpl (fam), llantas fpl (AmL fam)

3)

a) ( rocking) balanceo m, bamboleo m

b) ( turning over) voltereta f

4) ( sound - of drum) redoble m; (- of thunder) retumbo m

5) ( list) lista f

to call the roll — pasar lista

honor roll o (BrE) roll of honour — ( Mil) lista f de honor; ( Educ) cuadro m de honor

6) ( of dice) tirada f

to be on a roll — (AmE colloq) estar* de buena racha

II
1.

intransitive verb

1)

a) ( rotate) \<\<ball/barrel\>\> rodar*

the bottle was rolling around inside the crate — la botella rodaba dentro del cajón

the children were rolling around on the ground — los niños estaban revolcándose en el suelo

b) ( turn over)

the car rolled over three times — el coche dio tres vueltas de campana

roll (over) onto your stomach/back — ponte boca abajo/boca arriba, date la vuelta or (CS) date vuelta

they all rolled around laughing — todos se revolcaron de risa

to be rolling in money o in it — (colloq) estar* forrado (de oro) (fam)

c) ( sway) \<\<ship/car/plane\>\> balancearse, bambolearse

2) ( move) (+ adv compl)

the column of trucks rolled by — los camiones pasaban uno detrás del otro

the car began to roll down the hill — el coche empezó a deslizarse cuesta abajo

tanks rolled into the capital at dawn — los tanques entraron en la capital al amanecer

tears rolled down his cheeks — las lágrimas le corrían por las mejillas

3) ( begin operating) \<\<camera\>\> empezar* a rodar; \<\<press\>\> ponerse* en funcionamiento

let the good times roll! — que vengan los buenos tiempos!

4) ( make noise) \<\<drum\>\> redoblar; \<\<thunder\>\> retumbar

5) rolling pres p <countryside/hills> ondulado; <strikes/power cuts> escalonado

2.

vt

1)

a) \<\<ball/barrel\>\> hacer* rodar; \<\<dice\>\> tirar

I'll roll you for it — (AmE) vamos a echarlo a los dados

b) ( turn over)

the nurse rolled me over onto my side — la enfermera me puso de costado or de lado

c)

to roll one's eyes — poner* los ojos en blanco

2) \<\<cigarette\>\> liar*

the hedgehog rolled itself into a ball — el erizo se hizo un ovillo or una bola

a circus, museum and craft fair all rolled into one — un circo, un museo y una feria de artesanía, todo en uno

she rolled up her sleeves — se arremangó

3) ( flatten) \<\<lawn\>\> pasarle el rodillo a; \<\<dough/pastry\>\> estirar

4) ( Ling)

to roll one's `r's — hacer* vibrar las erres

5) (sl) ( rob) (AmE) asaltar

they rolled him for everything he had — le robaron todo lo que tenía

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- roll back

- roll by

- roll in

- roll on

- roll out

- roll up

[rǝʊl]
1. N

1) [of paper, cloth, wire, tobacco] rollo m; [of banknotes] fajo m

a roll of film — un carrete or un rollo de fotos

a roll of wallpaper — un rollo de papel pintado

rolls of fat — (gen) rollos mpl or pliegues mpl de grasa; (on stomach) michelines mpl hum

2) [of bread] panecillo m, bolillo m (Mex)

a roll and butter — un panecillo or (Mex) bolillo con mantequilla
sausage, Swiss
3) (=list) lista f

to have 500 pupils on the roll — tener inscritos a 500 alumnos

membership roll, roll of members — lista f de miembros

to call the roll — pasar lista

falling rolls — disminución en el número de alumnos inscritos

roll of honour, honor roll — (US) lista de honor

4) (=sound) [of thunder, cannon] retumbo m; [of drum] redoble m

there was a roll of drums — se oyó un redoble de tambores

5) [of gait] contoneo m, bamboleo m; [of ship, plane] balanceo m

6) (=act of rolling) revolcón m

the horse was having a roll on the grass — el caballo se estaba revolcando en la hierba

- a roll in the hay

to have a roll in the hay (with sb) * — euph darse un revolcón or revolcarse (con algn) *

7) [of dice] tirada f

- be on a roll

2. VT

1) (=send rolling) [+ ball] hacer rodar

to roll the dice — tirar los dados

2) (=turn over)

roll the meat in the breadcrumbs — rebozar la carne con el pan rallado

I rolled her onto her back — la puse boca arriba

3) (=move)

I rolled the trolley out of the way — empujé el carro para quitarlo del medio

to roll sth between one's fingers — hacer rodar algo entre los dedos

to roll one's eyes — poner los ojos en blanco

4) (=make into roll) [+ cigarette] liar

he rolled himself in a blanket — se enrolló en una manta

she rolled her sweater into a pillow — hizo una bola con el jersey para usarlo como almohada

she is trainer and manager rolled into one — es entrenadora y representante a la vez

it's a kitchen and dining room rolled into one — es una cocina comedor

to roll one's r's — pronunciar fuertemente las erres

to roll one's tongue — enrollar la lengua
ball I, 1., 1)
5) (=flatten) [+ road] apisonar; [+ lawn, pitch] pasar el rodillo por, apisonar; [+ pastry, dough] estirar; [+ metal] laminar

6) (US) ** (=rob) atracar

3. VI

1) (=go rolling) ir rodando; (on ground, in pain) revolcarse

the ball rolled into the net — el balón entró rodando en la red

the children were rolling down the slope — los niños iban rodando cuesta abajo

it rolled under the chair — desapareció or rodó debajo de la silla

it went rolling downhill — fue rodando cuesta abajo

the horse rolled in the mud — el caballo se revolcó en el barro

- be rolling in the aisles

- they're rolling in money
ball I, 1., 1), head 1., 1)
2) (=move)

the bus rolled to a stop — el autobús se paró

the tanks rolled into the city — los tanques entraron en la ciudad

the convoy rolled slowly along the road — el convoy avanzaba lentamente por la carretera

newspapers were rolling off the presses — los periódicos estaban saliendo de las prensas

tears rolled down her cheeks — las lágrimas le corrían or caían por la cara

the waves were rolling onto the beach — las olas batían contra la playa

his eyes rolled wildly — los ojos se le ponían en blanco y parpadeaba descontroladamente
tongue
3) (=turn over) [person, animal]

he rolled off the sofa — se dio la vuelta y se cayó del sofá

she rolled onto her back — se puso boca arriba

4) (fig) [land] ondular

vast plains rolled into the distance — las vastas llanuras se perdían en la distancia

5) (=operate) [camera] rodar; [machine] funcionar, estar en marcha

the presses are rolling again — las prensas están funcionando or en marcha otra vez

I couldn't think of anything to say to get the conversation rolling — no se me ocurría nada para empezar la conversación

his first priority is to get the economy rolling again — su mayor prioridad es volver a sacar la economía a flote

6) (=sound) [thunder] retumbar; [drum] redoblar

7) (=sway) (in walking) contonearse, bambolearse; (Naut) balancearse

4.

CPD

roll bar N — (Aut) barra f antivuelco

roll call N — lista f

to take (a) roll call — pasar lista

- roll about

- roll around

- roll away

- roll back

- roll by

- roll down

- roll in

- roll off

- roll on

- roll out

- roll over

- roll past

- roll up

* * *
[rəʊl]
I

noun

1) ( Culin)

(bread) roll — pancito m or (Esp) panecillo m or (Méx) bolillo m

2) (of paper, wire, fabric) rollo m; ( of banknotes) fajo m

a roll of film — un rollo or un carrete (de fotos), una película

rolls of fat — rollos mpl; ( around waist) rollos mpl, michelines mpl (fam), llantas fpl (AmL fam)

3)

a) ( rocking) balanceo m, bamboleo m

b) ( turning over) voltereta f

4) ( sound - of drum) redoble m; (- of thunder) retumbo m

5) ( list) lista f

to call the roll — pasar lista

honor roll o (BrE) roll of honour — ( Mil) lista f de honor; ( Educ) cuadro m de honor

6) ( of dice) tirada f

to be on a roll — (AmE colloq) estar* de buena racha

II
1.

intransitive verb

1)

a) ( rotate) \<\<ball/barrel\>\> rodar*

the bottle was rolling around inside the crate — la botella rodaba dentro del cajón

the children were rolling around on the ground — los niños estaban revolcándose en el suelo

b) ( turn over)

the car rolled over three times — el coche dio tres vueltas de campana

roll (over) onto your stomach/back — ponte boca abajo/boca arriba, date la vuelta or (CS) date vuelta

they all rolled around laughing — todos se revolcaron de risa

to be rolling in money o in it — (colloq) estar* forrado (de oro) (fam)

c) ( sway) \<\<ship/car/plane\>\> balancearse, bambolearse

2) ( move) (+ adv compl)

the column of trucks rolled by — los camiones pasaban uno detrás del otro

the car began to roll down the hill — el coche empezó a deslizarse cuesta abajo

tanks rolled into the capital at dawn — los tanques entraron en la capital al amanecer

tears rolled down his cheeks — las lágrimas le corrían por las mejillas

3) ( begin operating) \<\<camera\>\> empezar* a rodar; \<\<press\>\> ponerse* en funcionamiento

let the good times roll! — que vengan los buenos tiempos!

4) ( make noise) \<\<drum\>\> redoblar; \<\<thunder\>\> retumbar

5) rolling pres p <countryside/hills> ondulado; <strikes/power cuts> escalonado

2.

vt

1)

a) \<\<ball/barrel\>\> hacer* rodar; \<\<dice\>\> tirar

I'll roll you for it — (AmE) vamos a echarlo a los dados

b) ( turn over)

the nurse rolled me over onto my side — la enfermera me puso de costado or de lado

c)

to roll one's eyes — poner* los ojos en blanco

2) \<\<cigarette\>\> liar*

the hedgehog rolled itself into a ball — el erizo se hizo un ovillo or una bola

a circus, museum and craft fair all rolled into one — un circo, un museo y una feria de artesanía, todo en uno

she rolled up her sleeves — se arremangó

3) ( flatten) \<\<lawn\>\> pasarle el rodillo a; \<\<dough/pastry\>\> estirar

4) ( Ling)

to roll one's `r's — hacer* vibrar las erres

5) (sl) ( rob) (AmE) asaltar

they rolled him for everything he had — le robaron todo lo que tenía

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- roll back

- roll by

- roll in

- roll on

- roll out

- roll up

English-spanish dictionary > roll
18 mieć

(mam, masz); imp miej; pt miał, mieli; vt

( posiadać) to have

mieć coś na sobie — to have sth on, to be wearing sth

mam! — ( rozumiem) (I) got it!, ( składać się z czegoś) to have

kwadrat ma cztery boki — a square has four sides, (zmartwienie, trudności, grypę, operację) to have

mieć coś do kogoś — to have sth to ask sb

mieć coś przeciw czemuś — to have sth against sth, ( z różnymi dopełnieniami) to have

mieć miejsce — to take place

masz (jeszcze) czas! — take your time!

mieć ochotę na coś/zrobienie czegoś — to feel like sth/doing sth, ( dla wyrażenia powinności) to be supposed to, to be to

masz spać — you're supposed to be sleeping, ( dla wyrażenia zamiaru) to be going to

ona ma przyjść jutro — she's going to come tomorrow ( forma zaprzeczona czasownika być)

nie ma — ( liczba pojedyncza) there's no; ( liczba mnoga) there are no

nie ma czasu — there's no time

nie ma ludzi — there are no people

nie ma co czekać/żałować — there's no use waiting/regretting

nie ma się czemu dziwić — (there's) no wonder

nie ma za co! — you're welcome!

cudów nie ma — pot miracles (simply) don't happen ( z imiesłowem biernym)

miał to obiecane — it's been promised to him

* * *

mieć

ipf.

mam masz, miej

1. (oznacza posiadanie, cechę, związek z czymś l. kimś, władzę nad czymś) have, have got; mieć coś na sobie have sth on; masz dużo pieniędzy/czasu you have l. you've got a lot of money/time; mieć niebieskie oczy have blue eyes; czy masz samochód? do you have a car?; have you got a car?; nie mam przy sobie pieniędzy I have l. I've got no money on me; masz przy sobie paszport? do you have your passport with you?; mam pomysł I have an idea; nie mam pojęcia, o czym mówisz I have no idea what you're talking about; mam brata i siostrę I have a brother and a sister; co masz w ręce? what are you holding in your hand?; mieć dużo do zrobienia have a lot to do; mieć coś do powiedzenia have sth to say; mieć coś do dyspozycji have sth at one's disposal; mam sprawę do załatwienia I have some business to do; nie mam na nowy samochód pot. I cannot afford a new car; masz jeszcze pięć minut you still have five minutes; mam teraz wykład I'm lecturing right now; mam gości I am having guests; ona ma kochanka she has a lover.

2. ( w różnych utartych zwrotach) mam już dość I've had enough; mieć kogoś/czegoś po dziurki w nosie be fed up with sb/sth; mieć kogoś po swojej stronie have sb on one's side; mieć coś za sobą have sth over; mieć coś z głowy pot. be rid of sth; czy masz coś przeciwko mnie? do you have something against me?; mieć coś komuś za złe hold sth against sb; mieć z kimś/czymś do czynienia deal with sb/sth; mam z kimś na pieńku pot. have a bone to pick with sb; mieć w czubie pot. be tipsy; mieć fioła l. bzika żart. be crazy, have a bee in one's bonnet; mieć coś w nosie pot. not give a hoot about sth; mieć coś w dupie wulg. not give a shit about sth; ona ma to do siebie, że... it is characteristic of her that...; mieć z kimś dziecko have a child with sb; mam cię w garści I have you on toast; mieć kogoś w kieszeni have sb in one's pocket; mieć głos have the floor; mieć znajomości have connections; mieć kogoś/coś na oku keep an eye on sb/sth; mieć coś na sumieniu have sth on one's conscience; mieć coś na uwadze l. w pamięci bear sth in mind; mieć coś na myśli have sth in mind; co masz na myśli? what do you mean?; mieć czelność coś zrobić have the cheek to do sth; mieć czyste ręce have clean hands; mieć czyste/nieczyste sumienie have a clear/guilty conscience; mieć coś pod ręką have sth at hand; mieć coś w zanadrzu have sth up one's sleeve; mieć szczęście/pecha be lucky/unlucky; nie mieć grosza przy duszy be penniless, be broke.

3. (choroby, dolegliwości) mieć odrę have measles; mieć kaszel have a cough; mieć zakatarzony nos have a running nose.

4. pot. (= uwieść, odbyć stosunek seksualny z) have (sb); czy już ją miałeś? have you had her yet?

5. ( w wykrzyknikach) masz! (= proszę!) here you are!; a masz! take this!; masz za swoje get your desert!; mam cię! I got you!; gotcha!; masz ci los! too bad!

6. (dane osobiste, wymiary itp.) mam na imię Tomasz my name is Thomas; ile masz lat? how old are you?; ona ma siedemnaście lat she's seventeen years old; ta łódź ma pięć metrów długości this boat is five meters long; mam metr osiemdziesiąt wzrostu I am one hundred and eighty centimeters tall; godzina ma sześćdziesiąt minut there are sixty minutes in an hour; pociąg ma dziesięć minut spóźnienia the train is ten minutes late.

7. mieć miejsce happen, occur, take place.

8. ( z przeczeniem i zaimkiem) nie mieć co jeść have nothing to eat; nie mam co ze sobą zrobić I don't know what to do with myself; nie mieć gdzie się podziać have no place to go; nie mieć nic do powiedzenia have nothing to say; nie mieć nic do stracenia have nothing to lose.

9. (z przeczeniem w trzeciej osobie czasu teraźniejszego: oznacza brak l. nieistnienie) jej tu nie ma she isn't here; nie ma tu nikogo there's nobody here; nie ma co płakać there's no need to cry; it's no use crying; nie ma to jak w domu! (there's) no place like home!; nie ma sprawiedliwości na tym świecie there is no justice in this world; nie ma mnie dla nikogo tell everyone I am out; nie ma deszczu there's no rain; it isn't raining; nie ma jej w domu she's not at home; she's out; nie ma sprawy no problem.

10. ( wyraża powinność) be to, be supposed to; co mam teraz zrobić? what am I supposed to do now?; mam wyjechać o czwartej I am to leave at four; to mam być ja? is this supposed to be me?; mam przyjechać czy nie? should I come or not?; czas miał pokazać, że... time was to show that...; co ma wisieć, nie utonie if you're born to be hanged you shall never be drowned.

11. ( wyraża niespełnione oczekiwania) miałem zostać inżynierem I was to have been an engineer.

12. (wyraża spełnienie, ukończenie) mieć coś zrobione have sth done; mam zebrane materiały I have some materials collected.

13. ( wyraża przypuszczenie) miałbym żałować tego? should I regret it?; gdybym miał wybierać... if I were to chose...

mieć się

ipf.

1. (= czuć się) be; jak się masz? how are you?; on ostatnio ma się nie najlepiej he hasn't been well lately; masz się teraz z pyszna you have to pay the devil now.

2. ( wyraża stan rzeczy) ma się na deszcz it's going to rain; sprawy tak się mają the things are going like this; this is how the matter stands; dzień ma się ku końcowi the day is drawing to an end.

3. (= uważać się) za kogo ty się masz? who do you think you are?

4. ( w utartych wyrażeniach) mieć się na baczności przed kimś/czymś beware sb/sth; mieć się ku sobie be attracted to each other; ma się rozumieć sure, certainly, of course.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > mieć
19 se

pron.

1 himself, (f) herself (de personas) (singular).

se está lavando, está lavándose she is washing (herself)

se lavó los dientes she cleaned her teeth

espero que se diviertan I hope you enjoy yourselves

el perro se lame the dog is licking itself

se lame la herida it's licking its wound

se levantaron y se fueron they got up and left

2 oneself.

hay que afeitarse todos los días one has to shave every day, you have to shave every day

3 each other, one another.

se aman they love each other

se escriben cartas they write to each other

4 (to) him, (f) (to) her (de personas) (singular).

se lo dio he gave it to him/her/etc

se lo dije, pero no me hizo caso I told her, but she didn't listen

si usted quiere, yo se lo arreglo en un minuto if you like, I'll sort it out for you in a minute

m.

Se, selenium.

* * *

SE

► símbolo

1 ( sureste) southeast; (símbolo) SE

* * *

pron.

1) to him, to her, to you, to them

2) himself, herself, itself, yourself, yourselves, themselves

3) each other

* * *

ABR
= sudeste SE
* * *

(= sureste) SE

* * *

= one.

Nota: Cualquier persona.

Ex. None of these labels is entirely accurate, in that some packages which one would want to include in this category do not match one or other of these labels.

----

* per se = per se.

* se anunciará = to be announced.

* se argumenta que = the argument goes that.

* se avecinan malos tiempos = hard times lie ahead.

* se cae de su peso que = it goes without saying that.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se desprende que = it follows that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* se ha hecho público = word's out, the.

* se pierda o se gane = win or lose.

* se postula que = the argument goes that.

* se puede = is to be.

* se rumoreaba que = rumour had it that.

* se rumorea que = rumour has it that.

* ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.

* se va a + Infinitivo = be to be + Participio.

* se + Verbo = be + to be + Verbo, one + Verbo.

* se ve tal cual aparecerá impreso (WYSIWYG) = WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get).

* * *

(= sureste) SE

* * *

= one.

Nota: Cualquier persona.

Ex: None of these labels is entirely accurate, in that some packages which one would want to include in this category do not match one or other of these labels.

* per se = per se.

* se anunciará = to be announced.

* se argumenta que = the argument goes that.

* se avecinan malos tiempos = hard times lie ahead.

* se cae de su peso que = it goes without saying that.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se desprende que = it follows that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* se ha hecho público = word's out, the.

* se pierda o se gane = win or lose.

* se postula que = the argument goes that.

* se puede = is to be.

* se rumoreaba que = rumour had it that.

* se rumorea que = rumour has it that.

* ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.

* se va a + Infinitivo = be to be + Participio.

* se + Verbo = be + to be + Verbo, one + Verbo.

* se ve tal cual aparecerá impreso (WYSIWYG) = WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get).

* * *

SE

(= sureste) SE

* * *

Multiple Entries:
S.E.
SE
saber
se
ser
sé
saber 1 sustantivo masculino
knowledge;
◊ una persona de gran sé a person of great learning

saber 2 ( conjugate saber) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹nombre/dirección/canción› to know;

◊ ya lo sé I know;

no lo sé I don't know;
no sé cómo se llama I don't know his name;
¡yo qué sé! how (on earth) should I know! (colloq);
que yo sepa as far as I know;
sé algo de algo to know sth about sth;
sé muy poco de ese tema I know very little about the subject;
no sabe lo que dice he doesn't know what he's talking about
b) ( enterarse) to find out;

◊ lo supe por mi hermana I found out about it through my sister;

sin que lo supiéramos without our knowing;
¡si yo lo hubiera sabido antes! if I had only known before!;
¡cómo iba yo a sé que …! how was I to know that …!
2 ( ser capaz de):
◊ sé hacer algo to know how to do sth;

¿sabes nadar? can you swim?, do you know how to swim?;
sabe escuchar she's a good listener;
sabe hablar varios idiomas she can speak several languages
verbo intransitivo
a) ( tener conocimiento) to know;

◊ ¿quién sabe? who knows?;

sé de algo/algn to know of sth/sb;
yo sé de un lugar donde te lo pueden arreglar I know of a place where you can get it fixed
b) (tener noticias, enterarse):

◊ no sé nada de ella desde hace más de un mes I haven't heard from her for over a month;

yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio
a) ( tener sabor) (+ compl) to taste;

◊ sabe dulce/bien it tastes sweet/nice;

sé a algo to taste of sth;
no sabe a nada it doesn't taste of anything;
sabe a podrido it tastes rotten
b) ( causar cierta impresión): me sabe mal or no me sabe bien tener que decírselo I don't like having to tell him

saberse verbo pronominal ( enf) ‹lección/poema› to know
se pron pers
1 seguido de otro pronombre: sustituyendo a
◊ le, les: ya sé lo he dicho ( a él) I've already told him;

( a ella) I've already told her;
(a usted, ustedes) I've already told you;
( a ellos) I've already told them;
◊ el vestido tenía cuello pero sé lo quité the dress had a collar but I took it off

2 ( en verbos pronominales):
◊ ¿no sé arrepienten? [ellos/ellas] aren't they sorry?;

[ ustedes] aren't you sorry?;
◊ el barco sé hundió the ship sank;

sé secó/secaron ( refl) he dried himself/they dried themselves;
sé secó el pelo ( refl) she dried her hair;
sé hizo un vestido ( refl) she made herself a dress;

( caus) she had a dress made;
◊ no sé hablan ( recípr) they're not on speaking terms, they're not speaking to each other;

sé lo comió todo ( enf) he ate it all
3
a) ( voz pasiva):

◊ sé oyeron unos gritos there were shouts, I (o we etc) heard some shouts;

sé publicó el año pasado it was published last year
b) ( impersonal):

◊ aquí sé está muy bien it's very nice here;

sé castigará a los culpables those responsible will be punished
c) (en normas, instrucciones):

◊ ¿cómo sé escribe tu nombre? how is your name spelled?, how do you spell your name?;

sé pica la cebolla bien menuda chop the onion finely
ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
era cierto it was true;
sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ siempre le he sido fiel I've always been faithful to her;

ver tb imposible, difícil etc
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ el mayor es casado the oldest is married;

es viuda she's a widow;
ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;
◊ soy abogada I'm a lawyer;

ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):
◊ esos zapatos son de plástico those shoes are (made of) plastic;

soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
5 (hipótesis, futuro):
◊ será un error it must be a mistake;

¿será cierto? can it be true?
verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

2
a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):

◊ la fiesta va a sé en su casa the party is going to be (held) at her house;

¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?
b) ( en preguntas):

◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
3 ( sumar):
◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) sé para algo to be for sth;
◊ este agua es para beber this water is for drinking

( en locs)
◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
(ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
sea como sea at all costs;
sea cuando sea whenever it is;
sea donde sea no matter where;
sea quien sea whoever it is;
si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
( en el tiempo) to be;
◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
ver tb v impers
sé v impers to be;
◊ era primavera it was spring(time)

sé v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
■ sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( ente) being;

◊ sé humano/vivo human/living being

b) (individuo, persona):

◊ un sé querido a loved one

2 ( naturaleza):
◊ desde lo más profundo de mi sé from the bottom of my heart

sé see
◊ saber, ser

saber sustantivo masculino knowledge, learning, information
saber
I verbo transitivo
1 (una cosa) to know: no sé su dirección, I don't know her address
para que lo sepas, for your information
que yo sepa, as far as I know
2 (hacer algo) to know how to: no sabe nadar, he can't swim
3 (capacidad, destreza) sabe dibujar muy bien, he knows how to draw really well
4 (comportarse, reaccionar) can: no sabe aguantar una broma, she can't take a joke
no sabe perder, he's a bad loser
5 (tener conocimientos elevados sobre una materia) sabe mucho de música, she knows a lot about music
6 (enterarse) to learn, find out: lo llamé en cuanto lo supe, I called him as soon as I heard about it
7 (estar informado) sabía que te ibas a retrasar, he knew that you were going to be late
8 (imaginar) no sabes qué frío hacía, you can't imagine how cold it was
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobre una materia) to know [de, of]: sé de un restaurante buenísimo, I know of a very good restaurant
2 (tener noticias) (de alguien por él mismo) to hear from sb
(de alguien por otros) to have news of sb
(de un asunto) to hear about sthg
3 (tener sabor) to taste [a, of]: este guiso sabe a quemado, this stew tastes burnt
4 (producir agrado o desagrado) to like, please: me supo mal que no viniera, it upset me that he didn't come
♦ Locuciones: el saber no ocupa lugar, you can never learn too much
me ha sabido a poco, I couldn't get enough of it
quién sabe, who knows
vas a saber lo que es bueno, I'll show you what's what
vete a saber, God knows
a saber, namely
se pron pers
1 (reflexivo) 3ª pers sing (objeto directo) (a sí mismo) himself
(a sí misma) herself: se cuida mucho, she takes good care of herself
(un animal a sí mismo) itself
(objeto indirecto) (a sí mismo) (for o to) himself
(a sí misma) (for o to) herself
(un animal a sí mismo) for o to itself: el león se lamía las heridas, the lion licked its wounds
plural (objeto directo) (a sí mismos) themselves
(indirecto) (for o to) themselves
2 frml 2.ª pers sing (objeto directo) (a usted mismo) yourself
plural (a ustedes mismos) yourselves: dejen de minusvalorarse, stop underestimating yourselves
3 (recíproco) each other, one another: se adoran, they adore each other
4 (impersonal) cualquiera se puede equivocar, anyone can make a mistake
se puede ir en tren, you can go by train
se prohíbe aparcar, parking is forbidden
4 (pasiva) la casa se construyó en 1780, the house was built in 1780
se pron pers
1 (objeto indirecto) 3.ª persona sing (masculino) (to o for) him
(femenino) (to o for) her
(plural) (to o for) them: se lo dedicó a Carla, he dedicated it to Carla
se lo deletreé, I spelt it for him
se lo susurró al oído, he whispered it in her ear
2 2.ª persona (a usted o ustedes) (to o for) you: no se lo reprocho, I don't reproach you
ser
I sustantivo masculino
1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
ser humano, human being
ser vivo, living being
2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
ya es la una, it's one o'clock
3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
(al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
(adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
como sea, anyhow
de no ser por..., had it not been for
es más, furthermore
es que..., it's just that...
lo que sea, whatever
o sea, that is (to say)
sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit

'sé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abalanzarse
- abandonarse
- abarcar
- abaratarse
- abastecimiento
- abatirse
- abogada
- abogado
- abrazarse
- abuela
- aburrida
- aburrido
- acabarse
- acaramelada
- acaramelado
- acaso
- acentuarse
- acercarse
- achacar
- achantarse
- achuchar
- aclimatarse
- acomodarse
- acto
- actual
- acuerdo
- acumularse
- acusarse
- adelantarse
- adherirse
- adivinarse
- administración
- admitir
- adónde
- adscribirse
- afanarse
- aferrarse
- agachar
- agarrar
- aglomerarse
- agradecer
- ahorcarse
- aire
- alargarse
- alejarse
- alma
- alquilar
- alrededor
- alta
English:
A
- ablaze
- abstain
- accessible
- acclaim
- accomplished
- account
- account for
- accustom
- actual
- actually
- address
- administration
- admit
- adrift
- advance
- advantage
- adventure
- advice
- advise
- after
- after-sales
- ago
- agree
- ahead
- aid
- alienate
- alike
- alive
- all
- almost
- alone
- already
- also
- alter
- always
- ambit
- ambush
- ammunition
- anonymous
- another
- anticipate
- antiquated
- antisexist
- antsy
- applaud
- approach
- apt
- archives
- arguable

* * *

SE (abrev de Sudeste)

SE

* * *

SE

abr (= sudeste) SE (= Southeast)

* * *

se pron

1) : to him, to her, to you, to them

se los daré a ella: I'll give them to her

2) : each other, one another

se abrazaron: they hugged each other

3) : himself, herself, itself, yourself, yourselves, themselves

se afeitó antes de salir: he shaved before leaving

4) (used in passive constructions)

se dice que es hermosa: they say she's beautiful

se habla inglés: English spoken

sé saber, ser

* * *

se pron

1. (él) himself

el niño se ha cortado the boy's cut himself

2. (ella) herself

se compró un vestido she bought herself a dress

3. (ello) itself

el gato se lame the cat licks itself

4. (usted) yourself

¿se divierte usted? are you enjoying yourself?

5. (ellos, ellas) themselves

los niños se portaron bien the children behaved themselves

6. (ustedes) yourselves

¿se han divertido? have you enjoyed yourselves?

7. (posesivo) his / her / its / your / their

¿se ha lavado las manos? has he washed his hands?

se muerde las uñas she bites her nails

8. (recíproco) each other / one another

se quieren they love each other

se felicitaron they congratulated one another

se abrazaron they hugged each other

9. (impersonal, pasivo)

aquí se come bien the food is good here

se habla español Spanish spoken

véase la página 35 see page 35

se dice que... people say that...

se vende un piso there is a flat for sale

se hacen arreglos we do repairs

¿cómo se escribe? how do you spell it?

se ruega silencio silence, please

se suspendió el partido the match was postponed

10. (a él) to him / him

dáselo give it to him

11. (a ella) to her / her

pídeselo a tu madre ask your mother for it

12. (a usted) to you / you

ya se lo he contado I've already told you

13. (a ellos) to them / them

a ellos no se lo he dicho I haven't told them

Spanish-English dictionary > se
20 run

run [rʌn]

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

2. intransitive verb

3. transitive verb

4. compounds

5. Phrasal Verbs

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► vb: pret ran, ptp run

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

   a. ( = act of running) course f

• to go for a run aller courir

• at a run en courant

• to make a run for it se sauver

   b. ( = outing) tour m

• they went for a run in the country ils ont fait un tour à la campagne

   c. ( = distance travelled) trajet m ; ( = route) ligne f

• it's a 30-minute bus run il y a une demi-heure de bus

• it's a short car run le trajet n'est pas long en voiture

• the ferries on the Dover-Calais run les ferrys sur la ligne Douvres-Calais

   d. ( = series) série f

• a run of bad luck une période de malchance

• she's having a run of luck la chance lui sourit

   e. ( = period of performance) her new series begins a run on BBC1 sa nouvelle série d'émissions va bientôt passer sur BBC1

• the play had a long run la pièce a tenu longtemps l'affiche

   f. ( = use) they gave us the run of the garden ils nous ont donné la jouissance du jardin

   g. ( = trend) [of market] tendance f ; [of events] tournure f

• the decisive goal arrived, against the run of play le but décisif a été marqué contre le cours du jeu

   h. ( = type) he didn't fit the usual run of petty criminals il n'avait pas le profil du petit malfaiteur ordinaire

• the usual run of problems les problèmes mpl habituels

   i. ( = track for skiing) piste f

• ski run piste f de ski

   j. ( = animal enclosure) enclos m

   k. (in tights) échelle f

   l. (Cricket) course f

• to make a run marquer une course

   m. (Military = raid, mission) raid m (aérien)

• a bombing run un bombardement

   n. (set structures)

► in the long run à long terme

• it will be more economical in the long run ce sera plus économique à long terme

• things will sort themselves out in the long run les choses s'arrangeront avec le temps► on the run

• a criminal on the run (from the police) un criminel recherché par la police

• he is still on the run il court toujours

• he was on the run for several months il n'a été repris qu'au bout de plusieurs mois

• to keep the enemy on the run harceler l'ennemi

2. intransitive verb

   a. courir

• don't run across the road ne traverse pas la rue en courant

• he's trying to run before he can walk (British) il essaie de brûler les étapes

• to run down/off descendre/partir en courant

• to run down a slope descendre une pente en courant

• to run for the bus courir pour attraper le bus

• it runs in the family [characteristic] c'est de famille

• she came running out elle est sortie en courant

• she ran over to her neighbour's elle s'est précipitée chez son voisin

• three men ran past him trois hommes l'ont dépassé en courant

• all sorts of thoughts were running through my head toutes sortes d'idées me venaient à l'esprit

• she ran to meet him elle a couru à sa rencontre

• she ran to help him elle a volé à son secours

► to run high

• feelings were running high les passions étaient exacerbées

• tension was running high l'atmosphère était très tendue

   b. ( = flee) prendre la fuite

• run for it! sauvez-vous !

   c. ( = flow, leak) [river, tears, tap] couler ; [colour] déteindre ; [dye, ink] baver

• to run into the sea [river] se jeter dans la mer

• to leave a tap running laisser un robinet ouvert

• his eyes are running il a les yeux qui coulent

► to run with ( = be saturated)

the floor was running with water le plancher était inondé

• his face was running with sweat son visage ruisselait de sueur

   d. ( = be candidate) être candidat

• he isn't running this time il n'est pas candidat cette fois-ci

• he won't run again il ne se représentera plus

• to run for President être candidat à la présidence

   e. ( = be) I'm running a bit late je suis un peu en retard

• inflation is running at 3% le taux d'inflation est de 3 %

   f. ( = extend, continue) [play] être à l'affiche ; [film] passer ; [contract] être valide

• the play has been running for a year la pièce est à l'affiche depuis un an

• this contract has ten months to run ce contrat expire dans dix mois

   g. [bus, train, coach, ferry] assurer le service

• the buses run once an hour les bus passent toutes les heures

• the buses are running early/late/on time les bus sont en avance/en retard/à l'heure

• there are no trains running today il n'y a pas de trains aujourd'hui

   h. ( = function) [machine] marcher ; [factory] être en activité

• the car is running smoothly la voiture marche bien

• you mustn't leave the engine running il ne faut pas laisser tourner le moteur

• this car runs on diesel cette voiture marche au gazole

   i. ( = pass) [road, river] passer ( through à travers ) ; [mountain range] s'étendre

• the road runs past our house la route passe devant notre maison

• the road runs right into town la route va jusqu'au centre-ville

• a wall runs round the garden un mur entoure le jardin

3. transitive verb

   a. (gen) courir

• he ran 2km non-stop il a couru (pendant) 2 km sans s'arrêter

• he ran the distance in under half an hour il a couvert la distance en moins d'une demi-heure

• to run the 100 metres courir le 100 mètres

• you ran a good race vous avez fait une excellente course

• the first race will be run at 2 o'clock la première épreuve se courra à 2 heures

• but if it really happened he'd run a mile (inf) mais si ça se produisait, il aurait vite fait de se débiner (inf)

   b. ( = transport) [+ person] conduire

• he ran her home il l'a ramenée chez elle

   c. ( = operate) [+ machine] faire marcher ; [+ computer program] exécuter

• to run a radio off the mains faire marcher une radio sur secteur

• I can't afford to run a car je n'ai pas les moyens d'avoir une voiture

• this car is very cheap to run cette voiture est très économique

   d. ( = organize) [+ business] diriger ; [+ shop] tenir

• the company runs extra buses at rush hours la société met en service des bus supplémentaires aux heures de pointe

• the school is running courses for foreign students le collège organise des cours pour les étudiants étrangers

• I want to run my own life je veux mener ma vie comme je l'entends

   e. ( = put, move) to run one's finger down a list suivre une liste du doigt

• he ran the car into a tree sa voiture est rentrée dans un arbre

• to run wires under the floorboards faire passer des fils électriques sous le plancher

• to run one's eye over a page jeter un coup d'œil sur une page

• he ran the vacuum cleaner over the carpet il a passé l'aspirateur sur le tapis

• to run one's hand over sth passer la main sur qch

• to run one's fingers through one's hair se passer la main dans les cheveux

   f. ( = publish) publier

   g. ( = cause to flow) faire couler

• I'll run you a bath je vais te faire couler un bain

4. compounds

► run-around (inf) noun

• he gave me the run-around il s'est défilé (inf) ► run-down adjective [person] à plat (inf) ; [building, area] délabré

• I feel a little run-down je suis à plat (inf) ► run-in (inf) noun

( = quarrel) prise f de bec ( over à propos de)

► run-off noun [of contest] ( = second round) deuxième tour m ; ( = last round) dernier tour m ; [of pollutants] infiltrations fpl

► run-of-the-mill adjective banal

► run-through noun (before test) essai m

► run time noun (Computing) durée f d'exploitation

► run-up noun ( = preparation) période f préparatoire (to à)

• the run-up to the elections la période préélectorale

5. Phrasal Verbs

► run across inseparable transitive verb

( = find) [+ object, quotation, reference] tomber sur

► run after inseparable transitive verb courir après

► run along intransitive verb courir

• run along! sauvez-vous !► run away intransitive verb partir en courant ; ( = flee) [person] se sauver

• to run away from home faire une fugue

• he ran away with the funds ( = stole) il est parti avec la caisse► run away with inseparable transitive verb

   a. ( = win easily) [+ race, match] gagner haut la main

   b. you're letting your imagination run away with you tu te laisses emporter par ton imagination► run down separable transitive verb

   a. ( = knock over) renverser ; ( = run over) écraser

   b. ( = disparage) (inf) dire du mal de► run into inseparable transitive verb

   a. ( = meet) rencontrer par hasard

• to run into difficulties or trouble se heurter à des difficultés

• to run into danger se trouver dans une situation dangereuse

   b. ( = collide with) rentrer dans

   c. ( = amount to) s'élever à

• the cost will run into thousands of euros le coût va atteindre des milliers d'euros► run out intransitive verb

   a. [person] sortir en courant

   b. ( = come to an end) [lease, contract] expirer ; [supplies] être épuisé ; [period of time] être écoulé

• my patience is running out ma patience est à bout

• when the money runs out quand il n'y aura plus d'argent

• their luck ran out la chance les a lâchés► run out of inseparable transitive verb

[+ supplies, money] être à court de ; [+ patience] être à bout de

• we're running out of time il ne nous reste plus beaucoup de temps

• to run out of petrol or gas (British, US) tomber en panne d'essence► run out on (inf) inseparable transitive verb

[+ person] laisser tomber (inf)

► run over

1. intransitive verb

déborder

• the play ran over by ten minutes la pièce a débordé de dix minutes sur le programme

2. inseparable transitive verb

( = recapitulate) reprendre

• let's just run over it again reprenons cela encore une fois

3. separable transitive verb

(in car) [+ person, animal] écraser► run past (inf) separable transitive verb

• could you run that past me again? est-ce que tu pourrais m'expliquer ça encore une fois ?► run through inseparable transitive verb

   a. ( = read quickly) parcourir

   b. ( = rehearse) [+ play] répéter

• if I may just run through the principal points once more si je peux juste récapituler les points principaux► run to inseparable transitive verb

   a. ( = seek help from) faire appel à ; ( = take refuge with) se réfugier dans les bras de

• I wouldn't go running to the police je ne me précipiterais pas au commissariat de police

   b. ( = afford) I can't run to a new car je ne peux pas me payer une nouvelle voiture

   c. ( = amount to) the article runs to several hundred pages l'article fait plusieurs centaines de pages► run up

1. intransitive verb

( = climb quickly) monter en courant ; ( = approach quickly) s'approcher en courant

2. separable transitive verb

   a. to run up a hill monter une colline en courant

   b. [+ bills] accumuler

• to run up a debt s'endetter► run up against inseparable transitive verb

[+ problem, difficulty] se heurter à

* * *
[rʌn] 1.
noun

1) ( act of running) course f

a two-mile run — une course de deux miles

to go for a run — aller courir

to take the dog for a run — aller faire courir le chien

to break into a run — se mettre à courir

to take a run at — prendre son élan pour franchir [hedge]

to give somebody a clear run — fig laisser le champ libre à quelqu'un ( at doing pour faire)

2) ( flight)

on the run — en fuite

to be on the run from — fuir

to have somebody on the run — lit mettre quelqu'un en fuite; fig réussir à effrayer quelqu'un

to make a run for it — fuir, s'enfuir

3) ( series) série f

to have a run of luck — être en veine

to have a run of bad luck — jouer de malchance

4) Theatre série f de représentations

to have a six-month run — tenir l'affiche pendant six mois

5) ( trend) (of events, market) tendance f

the run of the cards/dice was against me — le jeu était contre moi

in the normal run of things — dans l'ordre normal des choses

6) ( series of thing produced) ( in printing) tirage m; ( in industry) série f

7) Finance ( on Stock Exchange) ruée f (on sur)

8) (trip, route) trajet m

the run up to York — le trajet jusqu'à York

9) (in cricket, baseball) point m

10) (for rabbit, chickens) enclos m

11) (in tights, material) échelle f

12) ( for skiing etc) piste f

13) ( in cards) suite f
2.
transitive verb (p prés - nn-; prét ran; pp run)

1) ( cover by running) courir [distance, marathon]

to run a race — faire une course

she ran a very fast time — elle a fait un très bon temps

2) ( drive)

to run somebody to the station — conduire quelqu'un à la gare

to run somebody home — reconduire quelqu'un

to run something over to somebody's house — apporter quelque chose chez quelqu'un en voiture

to run the car into a tree — jeter la voiture contre un arbre

3) (pass, move)

to run one's hand over — passer la main sur

to run one's eye(s) over — parcourir rapidement

to run a duster over — passer un coup de chiffon sur

to run one's pen through — rayer

4) ( manage) diriger

a well-/badly-run organization — une organisation bien/mal dirigée

stop trying to run my life! — arrête de vouloir diriger ma vie!

who is running things here? — qui est-ce qui commande ici?

5) ( operate) faire fonctionner [machine]; faire tourner [motor]; exécuter [program]; entretenir [car]

to run tests on — effectuer des tests sur

to run a check on somebody — prendre des renseignements sur quelqu'un

6) (organize, offer) organiser [competition, course]; mettre [quelque chose] en place [bus service]

7) ( pass) passer [cable]

8) ( cause to flow) faire couler [bath]; ouvrir [tap]

9) ( publish) publier [article]

10) ( pass through) franchir [rapids]; forcer [blockade]; brûler [red light]

11) ( smuggle) faire passer [quelque chose] en fraude

12) ( enter) faire courir [horse]; présenter [candidate]
3.
intransitive verb (p prés - nn-; prét ran; pp run)

1) ( move quickly) [person, animal] courir

to run across/down something — traverser/descendre quelque chose en courant

to run around the house — courir dans toute la maison

to run for ou to catch the bus — courir pour attraper le bus

to run for the exit — courir vers la sortie

to run in the 100 metres — courir le 100 mètres

to come running — courir ( towards vers)

2) ( flee) fuir, s'enfuir

to run for one's life — s'enfuir pour sauver sa peau (colloq)

run for your life! —

run for it! — (colloq) sauve qui peut!, déguerpissons! (colloq)

there's nowhere to run (to) — il n'y a nulle part où aller

to go running to one's parents — se réfugier chez ses parents

3) (colloq) ( rush off) filer (colloq)

4) ( function) [machine] marcher

to leave the engine running — laisser tourner le moteur

to run off — fonctionner sur [mains, battery]

to run on — marcher à [diesel, unleaded]

to run fast/slow — [clock] prendre de l'avance/du retard

the organization runs very smoothly — l'organisation fonctionne parfaitement

5) (continue, last) [contract, lease] courir

to run from... to... — [school year, season] aller de... à...

6) Theatre [play, musical] tenir l'affiche ( for pendant)

this show will run and run! — ce spectacle tiendra l'affiche pendant des mois!

7) ( pass)

to run past/through — [frontier, path] passer/traverser

to run (from) east to west — aller d'est en ouest

the road runs north for about ten kilometres — la route va vers le nord sur une dizaine de kilomètres

to run parallel to — être parallèle à

a scar runs down her arm — une cicatrice court le long de son bras

8) ( move) [sledge, vehicle] glisser; [curtain] coulisser

to run through somebody's hands — [rope] filer entre les mains de quelqu'un

a pain ran up my leg — une douleur m'est remontée le long de la jambe

a wave of excitement ran through the crowd — un frisson d'excitation a parcouru la foule

his eyes ran over the page — il a parcouru la page des yeux

9) ( operate regularly) circuler

a ferry runs between X and Y — il existe un ferry entre X et Y

10) ( flow) couler

my nose is running — j'ai le nez qui coule

tears ran down his face — les larmes coulaient sur son visage

the streets will be running with blood — fig le sang coulera à flots dans les rues

11) ( flow when wet or melted) [dye, garment] déteindre; [makeup, butter] couler

12) ( as candidate) se présenter

to run for — être candidat/-e au poste de [mayor, governor]

to run for president — être candidat/-e à la présidence

13) ( be worded)

the telex runs... — le télex se présente or est libellé comme suit...

so the argument runs — selon l'argument habituellement avancé

14) ( snag) filer

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- run about

- run across

- run along

- run at

- run away

- run down

- run in

- run into

- run off

- run on

- run out

- run out on

- run over

- run through

- run to

- run up

- run up against

••

to give somebody the run of something — mettre quelque chose à la disposition de quelqu'un

in the long run — à long terme

in the short run — à brève échéance

English-French dictionary > run

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Hundred Years' War — Clockwise, from top left: John of Bohemia at the Battle of Crécy, Plantagenet and Franco Castilian fleets at the Battle of La Rochelle … Wikipedia
Hundred Years' War (1337–1360) — The Edwardian War was the first phase of the Hundred Years War, lasting from 1337 to 1360, from the outbreak of hostilities until the signing of the Treaty of Brétigny. This 23 year period was marked by the startling victories of Edward III of… … Wikipedia
Hundred Days' Reform — The Hundred Days Reform (zh stp|s=戊戌变法|t=戊戌變法|p=wùxū biànfǎ, or zh stp|s=百日维新|t=百日維新|p=bǎirì wéixīn) was a failed 104 day national cultural, political and educational reform movement from 11 June to 21 September 1898, undertaken by the young… … Wikipedia
Three Hundred Big Boys — Infobox Futurama episode episode name = Three Hundred Big Boys episode no = 70 prod code = 4ACV16 airdate = June 15, 2003 country = USA writer = Eric Kaplan director = Swinton O. Scott III opening subtitle = Voted Best opening cartoon = Unknown… … Wikipedia
Greg Hands — Infobox MP honorific prefix = name = Greg Hands honorific suffix = MP caption = constituency MP = Hammersmith and Fulham parliament = term start = 5 May 2005 term end = majority = 5,029 (10.2%) predecessor = Iain Coleman successor = birth date =… … Wikipedia
And Having Writ… — infobox Book | name = And Having Writ… title orig = translator = image caption = 1978 second printing author = Donald R. Bensen illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = English series = genre = Science Fiction, Alternate… … Wikipedia
Hekatonkheires — The Hecatonchire Briareos used as an allegory of the multiple threat of labour unrest to Capital in a political cartoon, 1890 The Hecatonchires, or Hekatonkheires (pronounced /ˌhɛkətəŋˈkaɪriːz/; Greek: Ἑκατόγχειρες ( … Wikipedia
Hecatonchires — The Hecatonchires, or Hekatonkheires el. Ἑκατόγχειρες(Audio IPA|Ell Ekatogheires.ogg| [ Hekatonkheires ] ), were three gargantuan figures of an archaic stage of Greek mythology. According to Hesiod they were children of Gaia and Uranus, [Hesiod… … Wikipedia
Donatists — • The Donatist schism in Africa began in 311 and flourished just one hundred years, until the conference at Carthage in 411, after which its importance waned Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Donatists Donatists … Catholic encyclopedia
List of Hell Teacher Nūbē characters — This is a list of characters from Hell Teacher Nūbē. Contents 1 5th Grade Teachers 1.1 Nūbē (Meisuke Nueno) 1.2 Ritsuko Takahashi (Ritsuko sensei) 1.3 … Wikipedia
Sabriel — Infobox Book | name = Sabriel title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of Sabriel , showing the title character with her sword and bells, and the Greater Dead Adept Kerrigor. Sabriel is ringing the bell Ranna. author = Garth Nix… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

having a hundred hands

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

having a hundred hands

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: